10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ý	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015
	OR
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _____ to _____

Commission file number 1-13449

QUANTUM CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	94-2665054
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
224 Airport Parkway, Suite 300, San Jose, California	95110
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 944-4000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
QUANTUM CORPORATION COMMON STOCK	NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  ¨   NO  ý

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  ¨   NO  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  ý   NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES  ý   NO  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer     o Accelerated filer     x Non-accelerated filer     o Smaller reporting company  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  ¨   NO  ý

The aggregate market value of Quantum Corporation’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $197.1 million on September 30, 2014 the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock on that date on the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by persons who hold more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock and shares held by officers and directors of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive for other purposes.

As of the close of business on May 29, 2015, there were 258,404,948 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which the registrant will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, is incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.

INDEX

		Page Number
	PART I
Item 1	Business	3
Item 1A	Risk Factors	11
Item 1B	Unresolved Staff Comments	23
Item 2	Properties	24
Item 3	Legal Proceedings	24
Item 4	Mine Safety Disclosures	24
	PART II
Item 5	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	25
Item 6	Selected Financial Data	26
Item 7	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	27
Item 7A	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	41
Item 8	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	42
Item 9	Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	73
Item 9A	Controls and Procedures	73
Item 9B	Other Information	74
	PART III
Item 10	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	74
Item 11	Executive Compensation	75
Item 12	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	75
Item 13	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	76
Item 14	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	76
	PART IV
Item 15	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	77
	SIGNATURE	83
	POWER OF ATTORNEY	84

i

PART I

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements in this report usually contain the words “will,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “believe,” “project” or similar expressions and variations or negatives of these words. All such forward-looking statements including, but not limited to, (1) our goals, strategy and expectations for future operating performance, including increasing market share, continuing to add customers and increasing revenue and earnings; (2) our expectation that we will continue to derive a substantial portion of our revenue from products based on tape technology; (3) our belief that our existing cash and capital resources will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service and sustain our operations for at least the next 12 months; (4) our expectations regarding our ongoing efforts to control our cost structure; (5) our expectations regarding the outcome of any litigation in which we are involved; and (6) our business goals, objectives, key focuses, opportunities and prospects which are inherently uncertain as they are based on management’s expectations and assumptions concerning future events, and they are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, about which we speak only as of the date hereof. As a result, our actual results may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained herein. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described herein include, but are not limited to: (1) the amount of orders received in future periods; (2) our ability to timely ship our products; (3) uncertainty regarding information technology spending and the corresponding uncertainty in the demand for our products and services; (4) our ability to maintain supplier relationships; (5) general economic, political and fiscal conditions in the U.S. and internationally; (6) our ability to successfully introduce new products; (7) our ability to capitalize on market demand; (8) our ability to achieve anticipated gross margin levels; and (9) those factors discussed under Item 1A “Risk Factors.” Our forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. We disclaim any obligation to update information in any forward-looking statement.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Business Description

Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980 and incorporated in Delaware in 1987, is a leading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing and preserving digital assets over the entire data lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to large/multi-national enterprises, trust us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual and cloud environments that are designed to help customers Be Certain™ that they have an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

Our scale-out storage portfolio includes StorNext® software, appliances and full systems called StorNext Pro^TM Solutions, as well as Lattus^TM extended online storage and Q-Cloud^TM Archive services. Our StorNext offerings enable customers to manage large unstructured data sets in an information workflow, providing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable processing and intelligent protection. They are centered on our StorNext 5 platform, which is designed for today's modern workflow challenges of capturing, sharing and preserving massive amounts of data in the most demanding environments. StorNext 5 includes the industry's fastest streaming file system and policy-based tiering for automatically moving data across primary storage, extended online storage, tape archive and the cloud.

We also have a comprehensive portfolio of data protection solutions for physical, virtual and cloud environments. This includes our DXi® deduplication systems, Scalar® automated tape libraries and vmPRO™ virtual server backup software. In addition, we offer a Q-Cloud service for data center customers and we also provide the underlying technology platform to partners and end user customers to build their own clouds.

Recently, we introduced Artico, an intelligent network-attached storage ("NAS") archive appliance that can benefit both scale-out storage and data protection customers.

We are a member of the consortium that develops and has licensed LTO® media technology to tape media manufacturing companies. We receive royalty payments for both LTO and DLT® media technology sold under licensing agreements. We have also entered into various licensing agreements with respect to our technology, patents and similar intellectual property which provide licensing revenues in certain cases and may expand the market for products and solutions using these technologies.

3

We are focused on driving profitable revenue growth and long-term shareholder value by capitalizing on new market opportunities, leveraging the strength of our technology, products and install base across scale-out storage and data protection, continuing to expand our solutions portfolio and building new and enhanced channel and technology partnerships.

Industry Background

For most of our customers, demands on data have changed and so have the requirements for storing and retaining it. Previously, data had a one-way, predictable lifecycle where the information technology (“IT”) focus was around risk mitigation. Now, companies know that their data can be a source of competitive advantage, revenue and growth. They are much more focused on the opportunity of data, so IT must save everything and make it available based on business requirements. In addition, the challenge of dealing with large data files is extending beyond a narrow set of vertical markets such as media and entertainment, government intelligence or oil and gas to commercial enterprises more broadly.

All of this is leading to new workflows and putting pressure on status quo approaches. Traditional infrastructures are breaking down based on the sheer volume of data and the need to store data indefinitely and continue to produce value from it. IT departments have determined that adding more spinning disk to the problem will not resolve the issues, nor will legacy backup processes.

We believe the industry is evolving to a new infrastructure that is based on high-performance, tiered storage solutions with smart data movement that fits a customer’s workflow. These tiered storage solutions need to support unpredictable, on-demand access, whenever and wherever customers need their data, and incorporate new approaches to data protection and archive. At the same time, these solutions must be cost-effective.

While there are different workflows which require different solutions, there are common elements that must be addressed. This includes the need for high-performance data capture or ingest, real-time sharing and collaboration, scalability for processing and editing, intelligent protection and archiving and the ability to deliver high-value results and monetization opportunities. We understand these challenges and have a history of meeting them in some of the most demanding workflow environments.

Products

Scale-out Storage

With new digital technologies creating larger data files that can generate greater business value, there is a growing need to retain data for progressively longer periods while maintaining visibility and access to it. IT departments as well as vertically focused business units, including but not limited to media and entertainment, video surveillance, oil and gas, life sciences and high performance computing, are increasingly focused on managing large amounts of unstructured data. Generally, unstructured data refers to relatively new data types that produce large files, often measured in petabytes, such as video, imaging and audio. In some cases, this also refers to large collections of small data, such as retail purchasing information, underwater photos of the ocean floor and feeds from traffic cameras that when combined, create meaning and increasingly, competitive advantage. In addition, in managing unstructured data, organizations are increasingly recognizing that they need efficient and cost-effective ways to archive it. We offer StorNext software and appliance-based solutions, in addition to Lattus Object Storage for extended online storage and tape for low cost archiving, to address this growing need for managing and archiving growing unstructured data sets.

StorNext Workflow Storage

Our StorNext appliances leverage the power of StorNext 5 software and market-leading hardware to offer predictable high-performance file sharing and archiving in purpose-built configurations of metadata controllers, expansion appliances and disk and archive enabled libraries. StorNext 5 delivers higher levels of performance, scalability and flexibility for a new generation of the industry’s leading scale-out shared storage file system, tiered storage and archive. Newly engineered from the ground up, StorNext 5 is a complete end-to-end solution that combines file management technology with easy-to-deploy appliances to support the world’s most complex and demanding workflows. In addition, our StorNext Storage Manager™ software automatically copies and migrates data between different tiers of storage based on user-defined policies. The result is a highly scalable, high-performance data management solution designed to optimize the use of storage while enabling long-term protection and recoverability of data.

4

StorNext Appliances and StorNext Pro Solutions are simple to deploy and architected to deliver scalable, industry-leading performance, drive lower operational costs and provide a flexible open system for enabling third party applications. These appliances also work seamlessly with traditional StorNext software and partner hardware offerings to provide additional options for building a shared storage area network (“SAN”) and scale-out NAS environment. They are intended to serve a wide range of markets, such as broadcast, post-production, video surveillance storage, DNA sequencing, corporate video and seismic exploration, and balance the highest performance with the lowest long-term cost for sharing all types of unstructured data used in data intensive operations.

Lattus Object Storage

Our family of Lattus Object Storage solutions enables high volumes of data to be immediately available to extract valuable information at any time, and over time. The Lattus family is designed as extended online storage with wide-ranging scalability from terabytes to hundreds of petabytes with predictable retrieval times for high speed file access. These systems have self-healing capabilities that offer extremely high durability to ensure data is not lost and virtually eliminate unscheduled maintenance and performance degradation. Lattus has been designed to be self-migrating through innovative algorithms that simplify upgrades to new storage technologies.

Q-Cloud Archive Services

Many customers are using the cloud in different ways and we offer Q-Cloud services for a variety of applications, including using the cloud as a tier for archive storage within StorNext storage environments. Q-Cloud Archive incorporates the power of the public cloud as an off-site tier within a StorNext 5 workflow environment without changes to existing applications or processes required.

Data Protection

DXi Disk Systems

Our DXi disk-based backup systems meet the needs of a broad range of customers, from small businesses and remote offices to large distributed enterprise data center environments, seeking high speed recovery and extreme reliability beyond what a tape-only environment can deliver. These solutions offer functionality normally reserved for enterprise class data centers, such as data deduplication, virtual tape, snapshot, data recovery and replication capabilities. Our disk-based backup appliances are designed for easy implementation and integration into existing environments and provide best-in-class performance, capacity and price-performance.

Our DXi disk systems use deduplication technology to increase the amount of backup data users can retain on traditional disk systems. The result is a cost-effective means for IT departments to store backup data on disk for months instead of days, providing high-speed restores, increasing available data recovery points and reducing media management. For disaster recovery in distributed environments, the DXi-Series™ also makes wide area network (“WAN”) replication practical because of the greatly reduced bandwidth required with data deduplication. By greatly increasing effective disk capacity, data deduplication enables users to retain backup data on fast recovery disk much longer than possible using conventional disk and significantly reduces the bandwidth needed to move data between sites. We hold a key patent in one of the most efficient methods of data deduplication, known as variable-length data deduplication.

Our DXi-Series systems provide a combination of high performance and advanced functionality. In addition to data deduplication, the core set of advanced features of the DXi-Series includes a high performance embedded file system, support for high speed data compression, asynchronous replication, direct tape creation and built-in monitoring and diagnostic tools.

vmPRO for Virtual Environments

Our vmPRO software provides virtualization data protection software with advanced utilities designed to dramatically improve and simplify virtual data protection in midrange and larger data centers. It works with our DXi family of deduplication products to accelerate backup, restore and disaster recovery protection in data center virtual environments while reducing IT costs.

5

Scalar Tape Automation Systems

We are a leading supplier of tape automation products and we continue to expand features and functionality of our tape library offerings to increase storage capacity and improve performance. Our Scalar tape automation portfolio includes a range of products, from autoloaders with one tape drive and up to sixteen cartridges to large enterprise-class libraries which can hold hundreds of drives and thousands of cartridges. Our tape libraries intelligently manage and protect business critical data in workgroup, medium size business and enterprise data center environments. With an emphasis on ease of use, management features and investment optimization, Scalar tape libraries are designed to grow with business needs. These products integrate tape drives into a system with automation technology, advanced connectivity and sophisticated management tools, including integrated media integrity analysis in tape drives and library diagnostic systems. We also offer the SuperLoader®3 autoloader designed to maximize data density and performance.

Tying our libraries together from entry-level to enterprise is a common, integrated software called iLayer^TM, which provides monitoring, alerts and proactive diagnostics, thereby reducing service calls, shortening issue resolution time and decreasing the time users spend managing their tape automation solutions. In addition, we believe the growth in archiving of unstructured data represents a substantial opportunity for tape automation systems. To capitalize on this trend and the changing role of tape automation systems in data protection, we have invested in our enterprise Scalar i6000 and midrange Scalar i500 platforms to provide increased redundancy capabilities. These platforms can be implemented on their own or in an appliance configuration with our StorNext archiving software.

Devices and Media

Our device and media products include removable disk drives and libraries, tape drives and media. We offer tape drives and media primarily based on the LTO format. Our LTO family of devices is designed to deliver outstanding performance, capacity and reliability, combining the advantages of linear multi-channel, bi-directional formats with enhancements in servo technology, data compression, track layout and error correction. These LTO tape drives are designed to provide midrange and enterprise customers with disaster recovery and cost-effective backup solutions.

We also sell a full range of storage media offerings to complement each tape drive technology and to satisfy a variety of specific media requirements. Our media is compatible with our drives, autoloaders and libraries as well as other industry products.

Q-Cloud Storage Solutions

In addition to using the cloud as a tier for archive storage within StorNext storage environments, we also offer Q-Cloud services for off-site disaster recovery storage using our deduplication technology. In both cases, our customers get the benefits of the cloud such as pricing flexibility and offsite storage for disaster recovery protection, in a way that integrates with their existing applications. Our approach enables customers to use the cloud as a tier of storage, resulting in hybrid-cloud storage solutions that best fit the needs of our customers’ workflows and storage requirements.

Global Services and Warranty

Our global services strategy is an integral component of our total customer solution. Service is typically a significant purchase factor for customers considering scale-out or data protection storage solutions, and our ability to provide comprehensive service and support can be a noteworthy competitive advantage to attract new customers and retain existing customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to retain long-term customer relationships and secure repeat business is frequently tied directly to our service capabilities and performance.

Our extensive use of technology and innovative, built-in product intelligence allows us to scale our global services operations to meet the needs of our expanding installed base. We are currently able to provide service to customers in more than 100 countries, supported by 24-hour, multi-language technical support centers located in North America, Europe and Asia. We provide our customers with warranty coverage on all of our products. Customers with high availability requirements may also purchase additional service to extend the warranty period, obtain faster response times, or both, on our disk backup systems, tape automation products and StorNext appliances. We offer this additional support coverage at a variety of response levels up to 24-hours a day, seven-days-a-week, 365-days-a-year, for customers with stringent high-availability needs. We provide support ranging from repair and replacement to 24-hour rapid exchange to on-site service support for our midrange and enterprise-class products.

We generally warrant our hardware products against defects for periods ranging from one to three years from the date of sale. We provide warranty and non-warranty repair services through our service team and third party service providers. In addition, we utilize various other third party service providers throughout the world to perform repair and warranty services for us to reach additional geographic areas and industries in order to provide quality services in a cost-effective manner.

6

Research and Development

We compete in an industry characterized by rapid technological change and evolving customer requirements. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to introduce new products and features to meet end user needs. Our research and development teams are working on the next generation disk, data deduplication, virtual systems, cloud solutions, object storage solutions, tape automation and scale-out storage technologies as well as software solutions to advance these technologies for the scale-out storage and data protection markets to meet changing customer requirements. We continue to focus our efforts on software and integrated software and hardware solutions that offer improvements in the efficiency and cost of storing, moving, managing and protecting large amounts of data and providing solutions for the continuing convergence between backup and archive to provide compelling solutions for our customers.

We continue to invest in research and development to improve and expand our product lines and introduce new product lines, striving to provide superior data protection, including cloud environments, and scale-out storage solutions. Research and development costs were $58.6 million, $64.4 million, and $74.0 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Sales and Distribution Channels

Quantum Branded Sales Channels

For Quantum-branded products, we utilize distributors, VARs and DMRs. Our integrated Quantum Alliance Reseller Program provides our channel partners the option of purchasing products directly or through distribution and provides them access to a more comprehensive product line. Additionally, we sell directly to a select number of large corporate entities and government agencies.

OEM Relationships

We sell our products to several OEM customers that resell our hardware products under their own brand names and typically assume responsibility for product sales, end user service and support. We also license our software to certain OEM customers that include this software in their own brand name products. These OEM relationships enable us to reach end users not served by our branded distribution channels or our direct sales force. They also allow us to sell to select geographic or vertical markets where specific OEMs have exceptional strength.

Customers

Our sales are concentrated with several key customers because under our business model, as is typical for our industry, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Sales to our top five customers represented 31% of revenue in each of fiscal 2015 and 2014 and 32% of revenue in fiscal 2013. No customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenue in fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013. Through our Quantum Alliance Reseller Program and our emphasis on growing our branded business, including increasing the independent channel, we are expanding our customer base and continue to distribute our products and services across a larger number of customers.

Competition

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, characterized by rapid technological change and changing customer requirements. In some cases, our competitors in one market area are customers or suppliers in another. Our competitors often have greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing or other resources than we do. Additionally, the competitive landscape continues to change due to merger and acquisition activity as well as new entrants into the market.

Our StorNext appliances and workflow solutions primarily face competition from EMC Corporation (“EMC”), International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), NetApp, Inc. (“NetApp”) and other content storage vendors in the media and entertainment industry as well as government agencies and departments. Our cloud solutions face competition from a large number of businesses that provide hardware, software and virtual solutions as well as companies that offer cloud services based on other technology. The Lattus Object Storage solutions primarily compete with object storage solutions from other providers, ranging from startup companies to established companies, such as EMC, as well as large public cloud storage providers.

Our disk backup solutions primarily compete with products sold by EMC, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), IBM and NetApp. Additionally, a number of software companies that have traditionally been partners with us have deduplication features in their products and will, at times, compete with us. A number of our competitors also license technology from other competing companies.

7

In the tape automation market, we primarily compete for midrange and enterprise reseller and end user business with Dell, Inc. ("Dell"), IBM, Oracle Corporation and SpectraLogic Corporation as well as HP through its OEM relationship with other tape automation suppliers. Competitors for entry-level and OEM tape automation business include BDT Products, Inc. and several others that supply or manufacture similar products. In addition, disk backup products are a competitive alternative to tape products and solutions.

At the storage device level, our main competitors are HP and IBM. Both HP and IBM develop and sell their own LTO tape drives, which compete with our device offerings. We also face competition from disk alternatives, including removable disk drives in the entry-level market.

For a discussion of risks associated with competing technologies, see the Risk Factor in Item 1A "Risk Factors" titled, “We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreases in the market could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.”

Manufacturing

In fiscal 2014, we transitioned our manufacturing from a model incorporating in-house production and contract manufacturers to a fully outsourced model as part of our strategy to enhance our variable cost structure and provide more flexibility to cost-effectively manage the volume of products manufactured to align with our expectations, including market declines in the tape business and growth expectations in disk backup products and scale-out storage solutions. During fiscal 2015 we used contract manufacturers to produce our products.

We outsource the manufacture, repair and fulfillment of disk backup products, scale-out storage solutions, tape automation systems, tape devices and service parts to contract manufacturers. Tape drives used in our products are primarily sourced from Hungary and China. Disk drives used in our products are largely sourced from Thailand, the Philippines and China. Certain tape automation system materials and assemblies as well as certain disk system materials and assemblies are sourced in China, Malaysia, Thailand, Mexico and the U.S.

Our recording tape media is manufactured by one or more tape media manufacturing companies, which are qualified and licensed to manufacture, use and sell media products. In most cases, the media is produced in Japan and multi-sourced on a worldwide basis.

Intellectual Property and Technology

We develop and protect our technology and know-how, principally in the field of data storage. We generally rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and contract rights to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products. As of March 31, 2015, we hold over 400 U.S. patents and have over 70 pending U.S. patent applications. In general, these patents have a 20-year term from the first effective filing date for each patent. We also hold a number of foreign patents and patent applications for certain of our products and technologies. Although we believe that our patents and applications have significant value, rapidly changing technology in our industry means that our future success may also depend heavily on the technical competence and creative skills of our employees.

From time to time, third parties have asserted that the manufacture and sale of our products have infringed on their patents. We are not knowingly infringing any third party patents. Should it ultimately be determined that licenses for third party patents are required, we will make best efforts to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms. See Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” for additional disclosures regarding lawsuits alleging patent infringement.

On occasion, we have entered into various patent licensing and cross-licensing agreements with other companies. We may enter into patent cross-licensing agreements with other third parties in the future as part of our normal business activities. These agreements, when and if entered into, would enable these third parties to use certain patents that we own and enable us to use certain patents owned by these third parties. We have also sold certain patents, retaining a royalty-free license for these patents.

Segment Information

We operate as a single reporting unit and operating segment for business and operating purposes. Information about revenue attributable to each of our product groups is included in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and information about revenue and long-lived assets attributable to certain geographic regions is included in Note 14 “Geographic Information” to the Consolidated Financial Statements and risks attendant to our foreign operations is set forth below in Item 1A “Risk Factors.”

8

Seasonality

As is typical in our industry, we generally have the greatest demand for our products and services in the fourth quarter of each calendar year, or our fiscal third quarter. We usually experience the lowest demand for our products and services in the first and second quarters of each calendar year, or our fiscal fourth quarter and fiscal first quarter, respectively.

Backlog

Our products are manufactured based on forecasts of customer demand. We also place inventory in strategic locations throughout the world in order to enable certain key customers to obtain products on demand. Orders are generally placed by customers on an as-needed basis. Product orders are confirmed and, in most cases, shipped to customers within one week. More complex systems and product configurations often have longer lead times and may include on-site integration or customer acceptance. Most of the backlog accumulated during any particular fiscal quarter is shipped in the same quarter in which the backlog initially occurs. Therefore, our backlog generally grows during the first part of each fiscal quarter and shrinks during the latter part of the quarter to reach its lowest levels at the end of that same quarter, by which time significant shipments have occurred. As a result, our backlog as of the end of any fiscal quarter is not material and is not a predictor of future sales.

Employees

We had approximately 1,250 employees worldwide as of March 31, 2015.

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website at http://www.quantum.com generally when such reports are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) website. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

Executive Officers and Management Team

Following are the names and positions of our management team as of May 29, 2015, including a brief account of his or her business experience.

Name	Position with Quantum
Jon W. Gacek*	President and Chief Executive Officer
Linda M. Breard*	Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
William C. Britts*	Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing
Robert S. Clark*	Senior Vice President, Product Operations
Shawn D. Hall*	Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Janae S. Lee*	Senior Vice President, Strategy
Don Martella	Senior Vice President, Engineering
Geoff Stedman	Senior Vice President, StorNext Solutions

* Determined by the Board of Directors to be an “officer” for the purposes of Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act.

Mr. Gacek became President and Chief Executive Officer and was also appointed to the Board of Directors in April 2011. He was President and Chief Operating Officer from January 2011 through March 2011. He joined Quantum as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of Advanced Digital Information Corporation (“ADIC”) and was promoted to Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer in June 2009. Previously, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at ADIC from 1999 to 2006 and also led Operations during his last three years at ADIC. Prior to ADIC, Mr. Gacek was an audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and led the Technology Practice in the firm’s Seattle office. While at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, he assisted several private equity investment firms with a number of mergers, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts and other transactions.

9

Ms. Breard joined Quantum as Vice President of Finance in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In May 2009, she was promoted to Senior Vice President and assumed responsibility for IT and Facilities in addition to Finance. In January 2011, Ms. Breard was promoted to Chief Financial Officer, and in April 2012 she added Human Resources and Corporate Communications to her portfolio. Prior to Quantum, she spent eight years at ADIC, serving as Vice President of Finance and Accounting and in other leadership positions, where she was deeply involved in the company’s merger and acquisition activity and success in driving growth. Earlier in her career, Ms. Breard worked in public accounting for six years.

Mr. Britts joined Quantum as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. He served in this position until June 2011, when he assumed the role of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Service and Business Development. In April 2012, Mr. Britts added Operations to his portfolio. In July 2013, he was named Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing. Prior to Quantum, he spent 12 years at ADIC, where he held numerous leadership positions, including Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing, Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Director of Marketing. Before ADIC, Mr. Britts served in a number of marketing and sales positions at Raychem Corp. and its subsidiary, Elo TouchSystems.

Mr. Clark joined Quantum as Director of Tape Products in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In March 2009, he was promoted to Vice President with responsibility for various product lines, as well as business operations and OEM sales. In April 2010, he was named Senior Vice President, Tape and OEM Product Group (subsequently reorganized as Disk and Tape Backup Product Group). In January 2014, Mr. Clark assumed additional responsibility for all Quantum products in a newly named Product Operations organization. In April 2015, Mr. Clark also assumed responsibility for both Operations and Service. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Clark was at HP for 10 years in various engineering and sales positions.

Mr. Hall joined Quantum in 1999 as Corporate Counsel, became Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2001 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in May 2009. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Hall worked at the law firms of Skadden, Arps and Willkie Farr & Gallagher, where he practiced in the areas of mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance, representing numerous public and private technology companies.

Ms. Lee joined Quantum in October 2007 as Vice President, Marketing and in April 2010 was promoted to Senior Vice President, Disk and Software Products, subsequently reorganized as File System and Archive. In January 2014, she was named to a new position as Senior Vice President, Strategy. She has more than 30 years of experience in the storage industry, including 10 years working with a variety of companies in data reduction and file system software and hardware. Previously, she was Chief Executive Officer at TimeSpring Software Corporation, Vice President of Product, Marketing and Business Development at Avamar Technologies and a senior sales and marketing executive at both Legato Systems, Inc. and IBM.

Mr. Martella joined Quantum as Vice President, Automation Engineering in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In June 2010, he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Platform Engineering, and in April 2011 assumed his current role. Before joining Quantum, Mr. Martella served as a Vice President of Engineering and Quality at ADIC, where he spent five years in various leadership positions. Previously, he held engineering positions in the storage and process control industries.

Mr. Stedman joined Quantum as Senior Vice President, StorNext Solutions in March 2014. From March 2012 to February 2014, Mr. Stedman served as vice president of marketing at Tintri, Inc., and he was senior vice president and general manager of the Storage Business Unit at Harmonic, Inc. He joined Harmonic in conjunction with its acquisition of Omneon, Inc. where he spent seven years as senior vice president of worldwide marketing. Before Omneon, Mr. Stedman held marketing positions at several technology companies.

10

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW, TOGETHER WITH ALL OF THE OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K. THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES FACING QUANTUM. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US OR THAT WE CURRENTLY BELIEVE ARE IMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS. THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K CONTAINS “FORWARD-LOOKING” STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. PLEASE SEE PAGE 1 OF THIS REPORT FOR ADDITIONAL DISCUSSION OF THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.

We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreases in the market has materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We derive the majority of our revenue from products that incorporate some form of tape technology, and we expect to continue to derive significant revenue from these products in the next several years. As a result, our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology. We believe that the storage environment is changing, including reduced demand for tape products. Decreased market acceptance or use of products employing tape technology has materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and operating results and we expect that our revenues from tape products will continue to decline, which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results in the future.

Disk products as well as various software solutions and alternative technologies continue to gain broader market acceptance. We expect that, over time, many of our tape customers will continue to migrate toward these products and solutions. While we are making targeted investment in software, disk backup systems and other alternative technologies, these markets are characterized by rapid innovation, evolving customer demands and strong competition, including competition with several companies who are also significant customers. If we are not successful in our efforts, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on indirect sales channels to market and sell our branded products. Therefore, the loss of or deterioration in our relationship with one or more of our resellers or distributors, or our inability to establish new indirect sales channels to drive growth of our branded revenue, especially for disk systems and software solutions, could negatively affect our operating results.

We sell the majority of our branded products to distributors such as Ingram Micro, Inc. and others, VARs and to direct marketing resellers such as CDW Corporation, who in turn sell our products to end users . The success of these sales channels is hard to predict, particularly over time, and we have no purchase commitments or long-term orders from them that assure us of any baseline sales through these channels. Several of our resellers carry competing product lines that they may promote over our products. A reseller might not continue to purchase our products or market them effectively, and each reseller determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sells to end user customers. Establishing new indirect sales channels is an important part of our strategy to drive growth of our branded revenue.

As we introduce new products and solutions, we could negatively impact our relationship with channel partners that historically have sold other products and solutions that now compete with our new offerings. For example, we introduced various StorNext appliance solutions beginning in fiscal 2012 causing us to more directly compete for hardware sales with channel partners that sold other hardware products in conjunction with our StorNext software.

Certain of our contracts with customers contain “most favored nation” pricing provisions mandating that we offer our products to these customers at the lowest price offered to other similarly situated customers. In addition, sales of our enterprise products, and the revenue associated with the on-site service of those products, are somewhat concentrated in specific customers, including government agencies and government-related companies. Any failure of such customers and agencies to continue purchasing products in the same quantities and in the same time frames as they have in the past could affect our operating results. Our operating results could be adversely affected by any number of factors including:

• A change in competitive strategy that adversely affects a reseller’s willingness or ability to distribute our products;

• The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;

• Our inability to gain traction in developing new indirect sales channels for our branded products;

• The loss of one or more of such distributors or resellers;

• Any financial difficulties of such distributors or resellers that result in their inability to pay amounts owed to us; or

• Changes in requirements or programs that allow our products to be sold by third parties to government customers.

11

If our products fail to meet our or our customers’ specifications for quality and reliability, we may face liability and reputational or financial harm which may adversely impact our results of operations, and our competitive position may suffer.

Although we place great emphasis on product quality, we may from time to time experience problems with the performance of our products, which could result in one or more of the following:

• Increased costs related to fulfillment of our warranty obligations;

• The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;

• Focused failure analysis causing distraction of the sales, operations and management teams; or

• The loss of reputation in the market and customer goodwill.

These factors could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, we face potential liability for performance problems of our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storage and backup of important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Although we maintain technology errors and omissions liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business. In addition, we could potentially face claims for product liability from our customers if our products cause property damage or bodily injury. Although we maintain general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business.

A large percentage of our sales are to a few customers, some of which are also competitors, and these customers generally have no minimum or long-term purchase commitments. The loss of, or a significant reduction in demand from, one or more key customers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our sales have been and continue to be concentrated among a few customers because under our business model, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Furthermore, customers are not obligated to purchase any minimum product volume, and our relationships with customers are terminable at will. Revenue from OEM customers has decreased in recent years. If we experience further declines in revenue from OEM customers or any of our other large customers, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain of our large customers are also our competitors, and such customers could decide to reduce or terminate their purchases of our products for competitive reasons.

Some of our tape and disk products are incorporated into larger storage systems or solutions that are marketed and sold to end users by large OEM customers as well as VARs, channel partners and other distributors. Because of this, we have limited market access to these end users, limiting our ability to reach and influence their purchasing decisions. These market conditions further our reliance on these OEM and other large customers such as distributors and VARs. Thus if they were to significantly reduce, cancel or delay their orders with us, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

A portion of our sales are to various agencies and departments of the U.S. federal government, and funding cuts to federal spending can adversely impact our revenue. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 implemented automatic spending cuts beginning March 1, 2013. Between October 1 and October 16, 2013, the U.S. government partial shutdown caused reductions, cancellations and delayed orders. Future spending cuts by the U.S. federal government could decrease revenue from sales to the federal government that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

12

Our operating results depend on a limited number of products and on new product introductions, which may not be successful, in which case our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products. To compete effectively, we must continually improve existing products and introduce new ones. We have devoted and expect to continue to devote considerable management and financial resources to these efforts. We cannot provide assurance that:

• We will introduce new products in the timeframe we are forecasting;

• We will not experience technical, quality, performance-related or other difficulties that could prevent or delay the introduction and market acceptance of new products;

• Our new products will achieve market acceptance and significant market share, or that the markets for these products will continue or grow as we have anticipated;

• Our new products will be successfully or timely qualified with our customers by meeting customer performance and quality specifications which must occur before customers will place large product orders; or

• We will achieve high volume production of these new products in a timely manner, if at all.

If we are not successful in timely completion of our new product qualifications and then ramping sales to our key customers, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely impacted. In addition, if the quality of our products is not acceptable to our customers, this could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty and repair costs.

We continue to face risks related to economic uncertainty and slow economic growth.

Uncertainty about economic conditions poses a risk as businesses may further reduce or postpone spending in response to reduced budgets, tightening of credit markets, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The slow economic growth in recent years along with periods of economic uncertainty in various countries around the world has had a material and adverse impact on our business and our financial condition.

In particular, we have experienced reduced demand for IT products and services overall and more specifically for products with tape technology in the data protection market. We continue to face risks related to economic conditions in Europe, including concerns about sovereign debt and related political matters, which could negatively impact the U.S. and global economies and adversely affect our financial results. In addition, our ability to access capital markets may be restricted, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions and could also adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Competition may intensify in the data protection market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and merger and acquisition activity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our competitors in the data protection market for disk backup systems and virtual machine solutions are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and products to compete against our technologies and products, and we face the risk that customers could choose competitor products over ours. Competition in our markets is characterized by technological innovation and advancement. As a result of competition and new technology standards, our sales or gross margins could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Technological developments and competition over the years in the tape automation market and in the storage market in general has resulted in decreased prices for tape automation products and product offerings. Pricing pressure is more pronounced in the tape automation market for entry-level products and less pronounced for enterprise products. Over time, the prices of our products and competitor products have decreased, but such products often incorporate new and/or different features and technologies than prior years. We face risks that customers could choose competitor products over ours due to these features and technologies or due to pricing differences. We have managed pricing pressure by reducing production costs and/or adding features to increase value to maintain a certain level of gross margin for our tape automation systems. However, certain of our costs are fixed in the short term, so we may not be able to offset price decreases or reductions in demand sufficiently to maintain our profitability. In addition, if competition further intensifies, or if there is additional industry consolidation, our sales and gross margins for tape automation systems could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

13

Industry consolidation and competing technologies with device products, which include tape drives and removable hard drives, have resulted in decreased prices and increasingly commoditized device products. Our response has been to manage our device business at the material margin level, and we have chosen not to compete for sales in intense price-based situations or if we would be unable to maintain a certain gross margin level. Our focus has shifted to higher margin opportunities in other product lines. Although revenue from devices has decreased in recent years, our material margins have remained relatively stable over this period. We have exited certain portions of the device market and have anticipated decreased sales of devices. We face risk of reduced shipments of our devices beyond our plans and could have reduced margins on these products, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to merger and acquisition activity in the data protection market. Such transactions may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:

• Competitors decreasing in number but having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;

• Companies that we have not historically competed against entering into one or more of our primary markets and increasing competition in such market(s); and

• Customers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of our products.

These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market because whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Competition may intensify in the scale-out storage market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and market consolidation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Competition in the scale-out storage market is characterized by technological innovation and advancement, including performance and scale features, and our competitors are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and solutions. If we are unable to compete effectively in these markets and develop solutions that have features and technologies that our customers desire, including new technology standards, our sales from software solutions and appliances could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to mergers and acquisitions among our competitors, customers and partners. Transactions such as these may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:

• Competitors decreasing in number but having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;

• Companies that we have not historically competed against entering into one or more of our primary markets and increasing competition in such market(s);

• Customers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of our products; and

• Competitors acquiring our current suppliers or business partners and negatively impacting our business model.

These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market, because whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant decline in our media royalty, branded software or OEM deduplication software revenues could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our media royalties, branded software and OEM deduplication software revenues are relatively profitable and can significantly impact total company profitability. We receive media royalty revenue based on tape media cartridges sold by various tape media manufacturers and resellers. Under our license agreements with these companies, each of the licensees determines the pricing and number of units of tape media cartridges that it sells. Our media royalty revenue varies depending on the level of sales of the various media cartridge offerings sold by the licensees and other factors, including:

• The size of the installed base of devices and similar products that use tape media cartridges;

• The performance of our strategic licensing partners, which sell tape media cartridges;

• The relative growth in units of newer device products, since the associated media cartridges for newer products typically sell at higher prices than the media cartridges associated with older products;

• The media consumption habits and rates of end users;

• The pattern of device retirements; and

• The level of channel inventories.

14

Our media royalties depend on royalty rates and the quantity of media consumed in the market. We do not control licensee sales of these tape media cartridges. Reduced royalty rates, or a reduced installed device base using tape media cartridges, would result in further reductions in our media royalty revenue and could reduce gross margins. This could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our branded software revenues are also dependent on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap and our effectiveness at marketing and selling our branded software solutions directly or through our channel partners. Disruptions to any one of these factors could reduce our branded software revenues, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our OEM deduplication software revenues also depend on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap with our OEM deduplication software partners, the effort of our OEM deduplication software partners in marketing and selling the resulting products, the market acceptance of the resulting products and changes in the competitive landscape, including the impact of acquisitions. At various times, we had significant revenue from OEM deduplication software revenue and at times we had negligible revenue from OEM deduplication software, which negatively impacted our results. Any further disruptions to the factors on which our OEM deduplication software revenues depend could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

Some of our products contain licensed, third-party technology that provides important product functionality and features. The loss or inability to obtain any such license could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our products may contain technology licensed from third parties that provides important product functionality and features. We have contractual protections within our license agreements to help mitigate against the risks of incorporating third-party technology into our products. However, there remains a risk that we may not have continued access to this technology, for instance, if the licensing company ceased to exist, either from bankruptcy, dissolution or purchase by a competitor. In addition, legal actions, such as intellectual property actions, brought against the licensing company could impact our future access to the technology. We also have limited control of the technology roadmap and cannot ensure that the licensing company will advance the roadmap of the licensed technology in the manner best for Quantum. Any of these actions could negatively impact our technology licensing, thereby reducing the functionality and/or features of our products, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We also face the risk of not being able to quickly implement a replacement technology or otherwise mitigating the risks associated with not having access to this licensed technology, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We have taken considerable steps towards reducing our cost structure and may take further cost reduction actions. The steps we have taken and may take in the future may not reduce our cost structure to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales and therefore, these anticipated cost reductions may be insufficient to result in consistent profitability.

In the last several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges and made cash payments in order to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses to respond to adverse economic and industry conditions, from strategic management decisions and to rationalize our operations following acquisitions. These restructurings may result in decreases to our revenues or adversely affect our ability to grow our business in the future. We may take future steps to further reduce our operating costs, including future cost reduction steps or restructurings in response to strategic decisions, adverse changes in our business or industry or future acquisitions. We may be unable to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses at a rate and to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we are unable to attract and retain skilled employees, our business could be adversely impacted.

We may be subject to increased turnover in our employee base or the inability to fill open headcount requisitions due to competition, concerns about our operational performance or other factors. In addition, we may rely on the performance of employees whose skill sets are not sufficiently developed to fulfill their expected job responsibilities. Either of these situations could impair or delay our ability to realize operational and strategic objectives and cause increased expenses and lost sales opportunities.

Additionally, over the last several years, we made certain changes in strategic direction focusing on key technology segments. As part of this change in focus, we reduced costs of revenue and other operating expenses. Executing on this new strategic direction as well as the ongoing efficiency initiatives across the company could adversely affect our ability to retain and hire key personnel and may result in reduced productivity by our employees.

The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the inability to attract or retain qualified talent in the future, or delays in hiring required talent, particularly sales and engineering talent, could delay the development and introduction of our products or services and/or negatively affect our ability to sell our products or services.

15

Economic or other business factors may lead us to write down the carrying amount of our goodwill or long-lived assets, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations.

We evaluate our goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate impairment might exist. We continue to monitor relevant market and economic conditions, including the price of our stock, and perform appropriate impairment reviews when conditions deteriorate such that we believe the value of our goodwill could be further impaired or an impairment exists in our long-lived assets. We have been required to record material goodwill impairment charges in the past and it is possible that conditions could deteriorate due to economic or other factors that affect our business, resulting in the need to write down the carrying amount of our goodwill or long-lived assets to fair value at the time of such assessment. As a result of any impairment charge, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Third party intellectual property infringement claims could result in substantial liability and significant costs, and, as a result, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

From time to time, third parties allege our infringement of and need for a license under their patented or other proprietary technology, such as our current litigation with Crossroads Systems, Inc. described in Item 3 "Legal Proceedings." While we currently believe the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to any such actions will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, the ultimate outcome of any license discussion or litigation is uncertain. Adverse resolution of any third party infringement claim could subject us to substantial liabilities and require us to refrain from manufacturing and selling certain products. In addition, the costs incurred in intellectual property litigation can be substantial, regardless of the outcome. As a result, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, certain products or technologies acquired or developed by us may include “open source” software. Open source software is typically licensed for use at no initial charge. Certain open source software licenses, however, require users of the open source software to license to others any software that is based on, incorporates or interacts with, the open source software under the terms of the open source license. Although we endeavor to comply fully with such requirements, third parties could claim that we are required to license larger portions of our software than we believe we are required to license under open source software licenses. If such claims were successful, they could adversely impact our competitive position and financial results by providing our competitors with access to sensitive information that may help them develop competitive products. In addition, our use of open source software may harm our business and subject us to intellectual property claims, litigation or proceedings in the future because:

• Open source license terms may be ambiguous and may subject us to unanticipated obligations regarding our products, technologies and intellectual property;

• Open source software generally cannot be protected under trade secret law; and

• It may be difficult for us to accurately determine the origin of the open source code and whether the open source software infringes, misappropriates or violates third party intellectual property or other rights.

As a result of our global manufacturing and sales operations, we are subject to a variety of risks related to our business outside of the U.S., any of which could, individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business.

A significant portion of our manufacturing and sales operations and supply chain occurs in countries other than the U.S. We also have sales outside the U.S. We utilize contract manufacturers to produce and fulfill orders for our products and have suppliers for various components, several of which have operations located in foreign countries including China, Hungary, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Mexico, the Philippines and Thailand. Because of these operations, we are subject to a number of risks including:

• Reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property;

• Compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting regulatory requirements and practices;

• Commercial laws that favor local businesses;

• Exposure to economic fluctuations including inflationary risk and continuing sovereign debt risk;

• Shortages in component parts and raw materials;

• Import and export and trade regulation changes that could erode our profit margins or restrict our ability to transport our products;

• The burden and cost of complying with foreign and U.S. laws governing corporate conduct outside the U.S. including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act and other similar regulations;

• Adverse movement of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar (the currency in which our results are reported) and global economic conditions generally;

16

• Inflexible employee contracts and employment laws that may make it difficult to terminate or change the compensation structure for employees in some foreign countries in the event of business downturns;

• Recruiting employees in highly competitive markets and wage inflation in certain markets;

• Potential restrictions on the transfer of funds between countries;

• Political, military, social and infrastructure risks, especially in emerging or developing economies;

• Import and export duties and value-added taxes;

• Natural disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, typhoons and tsunamis; and

• Cultural differences that affect the way we do business.

Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our quarterly operating results could fluctuate significantly, and past quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and could fluctuate significantly in the future. As a result, our quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance. Quarterly operating results could be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

• Fluctuations in IT spending as a result of economic conditions or fluctuations in U.S. federal government spending;

• Failure by our contract manufacturers to complete shipments in the last month of a quarter during which a substantial portion of our products are typically shipped;

• Customers canceling, reducing, deferring or rescheduling significant orders as a result of excess inventory levels, weak economic conditions or other factors;

• Seasonality, including customer fiscal year-ends and budget availability impacting customer demand for our products;

• Declines in large orders defined as orders greater than $200,000;

• Declines in royalty or software revenues;

• Product development and ramp cycles and product performance or quality issues of ours or our competitors;

• Poor execution of and performance against expected sales and marketing plans and strategies;

• Reduced demand from our OEM or distribution, VAR, DMR and other large customers;

• Increased competition which may, among other things, increase pricing pressure or reduce sales;

• Failure to meet the expectations of investors or analysts;

• Restructuring actions or unexpected costs; and

• Foreign exchange fluctuations.

If we fail to meet our projected quarterly results, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property or if others use our proprietary technology without authorization, our competitive position may suffer.

Our future success and ability to compete depends in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secrets laws and nondisclosure agreements to establish and protect our proprietary technology. However, we cannot provide assurance that patents will be issued with respect to pending or future patent applications that we have filed or plan to file or that our patents will be upheld as valid or will prevent the development of competitive products or that any actions we have taken will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, customers, potential customers, contract manufacturers and others as required, in which we strictly limit access to, and distribution of, our software and further limit the disclosure and use of our proprietary information.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our products or technology. Enforcing our intellectual property rights can sometimes only be accomplished through the use of litigation. Our competitors may also independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.

17

Because we may order components from suppliers in advance of receipt of customer orders for our products that include these components, we could face a material inventory risk if we fail to accurately forecast demand for our products or manage production, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

Although we use third parties to manufacture our products, in some cases we may retain the responsibility to purchase component inventory to support third party manufacturing activities, which presents a number of risks that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition. For instance, as part of our component planning, we may place orders with or pay certain suppliers for components in advance of receipt of customer orders. We may occasionally enter into negotiated orders with vendors early in the manufacturing process of our products to ensure that we have sufficient components for our products to meet anticipated customer demand. Because the design and manufacturing process for these components can be complicated, it is possible that we could experience a design or manufacturing flaw that could delay or even prevent the production of the components for which we previously committed to pay. We also face the risk of ordering too many components, or conversely, not enough components, since supply orders are generally based on forecasts of customer orders rather than actual customer orders. In addition, in some cases, we may make non-cancelable order commitments to our suppliers for work-in-progress, supplier’s finished goods, custom sub-assemblies, discontinued (end-of-life) components and Quantum-unique raw materials that are necessary to meet our lead times for finished goods. If we cannot change or be released from supply orders, we could incur costs from the purchase of unusable components, either due to a delay in the production of the components or other supplies or as a result of inaccurately predicting supply orders in advance of customer orders. These same risks exist with our third party contract manufacturing partners. Our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected if we incur increased costs or are unable to fulfill customer orders.

Our manufacturing, component production and service repair are outsourced to third party contract manufacturers, component suppliers and service providers. If we cannot obtain products, parts and services from these third parties in a cost effective and timely manner that meets our customers’ expectations, this could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Many aspects of our supply chain and operational results are dependent on the performance of third party business partners. We increased the use of third party contract manufacturers, service providers and/or product integrators in fiscal 2014. We face a number of risks as a result of these relationships, including, among others:

• Sole source of product supply

In many cases, our business partner may be the sole source of supply for the products or parts they manufacture, or the services they provide, for us. Because we are relying on one supplier, we are at greater risk of experiencing shortages, reduced production capacity or other delays in customer deliveries that could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost sales and increased expenses, each of which could materially damage customer relationships and result in lost revenue.

• Cost and purchase commitments

We may not be able to control the costs for the products our business partners manufacture for us or the services they provide to us. They procure inventory to build our products based upon a forecast of customer demand that we provide. We could be responsible for the financial impact on the contract manufacturer, supplier or service provider of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that they had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require us to pay them for finished goods in excess of current customer demand or for excess or obsolete inventory and generally incur higher costs. As a result, we could experience reduced gross margins and operating losses based on these purchase commitments. With respect to service providers, although we have contracts for most of our third party repair service vendors, the contract period may not be the same as the underlying service contract with our customer. In such cases, we face risks that the third party service provider may increase the cost of providing services over subsequent periods contracted with our customer.

• Financial condition and stability

Our third party business partners may suffer adverse financial or operational results or may be negatively impacted by global and local economic conditions. Therefore, we may face interruptions in the supply of product components or service as a result of financial or other volatility affecting our supply chain. We could suffer production downtime or increased costs to procure alternate products or services as a result of the possible inadequate financial condition of one or more of our business partners.

18

• Quality and supplier conduct

We have limited control over the quality of products and components produced and services provided by our supply chain and third party contract manufacturing and service business partners. Therefore, the quality of the products, parts or services may not be acceptable to our customers and could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty costs. In addition, we have limited control over the manner in which our business partners conduct their business. Sub-tier suppliers selected by the primary third party could have process control issues or could select components with latent defects that manifest over a longer period of time. We may face negative consequences or publicity as a result of a third party’s failure to comply with applicable compliance, trade, environmental or employment regulations.

Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business. In the past we have successfully transitioned products or component supply from one supplier or manufacturing location to another without significant financial or operational impact, but there is no guarantee of our continued ability to do so.

If we do not successfully manage the changes that we have made and may continue to make to our infrastructure and management, our business could be disrupted, and that could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Managing change is an important focus for us. In recent years, we have implemented several significant initiatives involving our sales and marketing, engineering and operations organizations, aimed at increasing our efficiency and better aligning these groups with our corporate strategy. In addition, we have reduced headcount to streamline and consolidate our supporting functions as appropriate in response to market or competitive conditions and following past acquisitions and are increasing our reliance on certain third party business relationships. Our inability to successfully manage the changes that we implement and detect and address issues as they arise could disrupt our business and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Because we rely heavily on distributors and other resellers to market and sell our products, if one or more distributors were to experience a significant deterioration in its financial condition or its relationship with us, this could disrupt the distribution of our products and reduce our revenue, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

In certain product and geographic segments we heavily utilize distributors and value added resellers to perform the functions necessary to market and sell our products. To fulfill this role, the distributor must maintain an acceptable level of financial stability, creditworthiness and the ability to successfully manage business relationships with the customers it serves directly. Under our distributor agreements with these companies, each of the distributors determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sells to its customers. If the distributor is unable to perform in an acceptable manner, we may be required to reduce the amount of sales of our product to the distributor or terminate the relationship. We may also incur financial losses for product returns from distributors or for the failure or refusal of distributors to pay obligations owed to us. Either scenario could result in fewer of our products being available to the affected market segments, reduced levels of customer satisfaction and/or increased expenses, which could in turn have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have significant indebtedness, which imposes upon us debt service obligations, and our credit facility contains various operating and financial covenants that limit our discretion in the operation of our business. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet these debt obligations or remain in compliance with the covenants, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Our level of indebtedness presents risks to investors, both in terms of the constraints that it places on our ability to operate our business and because of the possibility that we may not generate sufficient cash to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness as it becomes due. For example, the outstanding $83.7 million aggregate principal amount as of May 29, 2015 of our 3.50% convertible subordinated notes is payable by us on November 15, 2015.  If we are unable to generate cash sufficient to meet this obligation through a refinancing or otherwise, we could default under these notes, which could cause an acceleration of our other outstanding indebtedness and could have a material effect on us. For further description of our outstanding debt, see the section captioned "Liquidity and Capital Resources" in Item 7 "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

19

As a result of our indebtedness:

• We must dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations and other capital resources to debt service, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development and other cash requirements;

• Our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes and opportunities in the markets in which we compete may be limited, including our ability to engage in mergers and acquisitions activity, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;

• We are subject to mandatory field audits and control of cash receipts by the lender if we do not maintain liquidity above certain thresholds;

• We may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions;

• We may be unable to make payments on other indebtedness or obligations; and

• We may be unable to incur additional debt on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our credit facility agreement contains restrictive covenants that require us to comply with and maintain certain financial tests and ratios, as well as restrict our ability, subject to certain thresholds, to:

• Incur debt;

• Incur liens;

• Make acquisitions of businesses or entities or sell certain assets;

• Make investments, including loans, guarantees and advances;

• Engage in transactions with affiliates;

• Pay dividends or engage in stock repurchases; and

• Enter into certain restrictive agreements.

Our ability to comply with covenants contained in this credit agreement may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions.

Our credit facility agreement is collateralized by a pledge of all of our assets. If we were to default and were unable to obtain a waiver for such a default, the lender would have a right to foreclose on our assets in order to satisfy our obligations under the credit agreement. Any such action on the part of the lender against us could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our stock price has been volatile and such volatility could increase based on the trading activity of our institutional investors. In addition, there are other factors and events that could affect the trading prices of our common stock.

A small number of institutional investors have owned a significant portion of our common stock at various times in recent years. If any or all of these investors were to decide to purchase significant additional shares or to sell significant amounts or all of the common shares they currently own, or if there is a perception that those sales may occur, that may cause our stock price to be more volatile. For example, there have been instances in the past where a shareholder with a significant equity position began to sell shares, putting downward pressure on our stock price for the duration of their selling activity. In these situations, selling pressure outweighed buying demand and our stock price declined. This situation has occurred due to our stock price falling below institutional investors’ price thresholds and our volatility increasing beyond investors’ volatility parameters, causing even greater selling pressure.

Trading prices of our common stock may fluctuate in response to a number of other events and factors, such as:

• General economic conditions;

• Changes in interest rates;

• Fluctuations in the stock market in general and market prices for technology companies in particular;

• Quarterly variations in our operating results;

• Failure to meet our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

• New products, services, innovations and strategic developments by our competitors or us, or business combinations and investments by our competitors or us;

• Changes in financial estimates by us or securities analysts and recommendations by securities analysts;

• Changes in our capital structure, including issuance of additional debt or equity to the public; and

• Strategic acquisitions.

Any of these events and factors may cause our stock price to rise or fall and may adversely affect our business and financing opportunities.

20

Our design processes are subject to safety and environmental regulations which could lead to increased costs, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the use, storage, discharge and disposal of materials and substances used in our facilities as well as the safety of our employees and the public. Current regulations in the U.S. and various international jurisdictions restrict the use of certain potentially hazardous materials used in electronic products and components (including lead and some flame retardants), impose a “take back” obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment and require extensive investigation into and disclosure regarding certain minerals used in our supply chain. We have implemented procedures and will likely continue to introduce new processes to comply with current and future safety and environmental legislation. However, measures taken now or in the future to comply with such legislation may adversely affect our costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, redesign processes or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our waste disposal and emission management processes. Furthermore, safety or environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us or the suspension of affected operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to many laws and regulations, and violation of or changes in those requirements could materially and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to numerous U.S. and international laws regarding corporate conduct, fair competition, corruption prevention and import and export practices, and requirements including laws applicable to U.S. government contractors. In addition, the SEC has adopted disclosure rules related to the supply of certain minerals originating from the conflict zones of the Democratic Republic of Congo or adjoining countries, and we may incurr costs to comply with such regulations and may realize other costs relating to the sourcing and availability of minerals used in our products. While we maintain a rigorous corporate ethics and compliance program, we may be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, significant monetary fines or penalties, suspension of business opportunities or loss of jurisdictional operating rights as a result of any failure to comply with regulatory requirements. If we were to be subject to a compliance investigation, we may incur increased personnel and legal costs. We may also be exposed to potential liability resulting from our business partners' violation of these requirements. Further, our U.S. and international business models are based on currently applicable regulatory requirements and exceptions. Changes in those requirements or exceptions could necessitate changes to our business model. Any of these consequences could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

A cybersecurity breach could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, harm our reputation, expose us to significant liability or otherwise damage our financial results.

A cybersecurity breach could negatively affect our reputation as a trusted provider of scale-out storage, archive and data protection products by adversely affecting the market’s perception of the security or reliability of our products and services. Many of our customers and partners store sensitive data on our products, and a cybersecurity breach related to our products could harm our reputation and potentially expose us to significant liability.

We also maintain sensitive data related to our employees, strategic partners and customers, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally identifiable information on our own systems. We employ sophisticated security measures; however, we may face threats across our infrastructure including unauthorized access, security breaches and other system disruptions.

It is critical to our business that our employees’, strategic partners’ and customers’ sensitive information remains secure and that our customers perceive that this information is secure. A cybersecurity breach could result in unauthorized access to, loss of, or unauthorized disclosure of such information. A cybersecurity breach could expose us to litigation, indemnity obligations, government investigations and other possible liabilities. Additionally, a cyber attack, whether actual or perceived, could result in negative publicity which could harm our reputation and reduce our customers’ confidence in the effectiveness of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. A breach of our security systems could also expose us to increased costs including remediation costs, disruption of operations or increased cybersecurity protection costs that may have a material adverse effect on our business.

21

We must maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories. If we do not have sufficient service parts inventories, we may experience increased levels of customer dissatisfaction. If we hold excessive service parts inventories, we may incur financial losses.

We maintain levels of service parts inventories to satisfy future warranty obligations and also to earn service revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond the warranty period. We estimate the required amount of service parts inventories based on historical usage and forecasts of future warranty and extended warranty requirements, including estimates of failure rates and costs to repair, and out of warranty revenue. Given the significant levels of judgment inherently involved in the process, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories to satisfy customer needs and to avoid financial losses from excess service parts inventories. If we are unable to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely impacted.

From time to time we have made acquisitions. The failure to successfully integrate future acquisitions could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

As a part of our business strategy, we have in the past and may make acquisitions in the future, subject to certain debt covenants. We may also make significant investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. If we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions or significant investments, it could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Risks that we may face in our efforts to integrate any recent or future acquisitions include, among others:

• Failure to realize anticipated synergies from the acquisition;

• Difficulties in assimilating and retaining employees;

• Potential incompatibility of business cultures or resistance to change;

• Coordinating geographically separate organizations;

• Diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns;

• Coordinating infrastructure operations in a rapid and efficient manner;

• The potential inability to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation of acquired technology and rights into our products and services;

• Failure of acquired technology or products to provide anticipated revenue or margin contribution;

• Insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with the acquisition;

• Costs and delays in implementing or integrating common systems and procedures;

• Reduction or loss of customer orders due to the potential for market confusion, hesitation and delay;

• Impairment of existing customer, supplier and strategic relationships of either company;

• Insufficient cash flows from operations to fund the working capital and investment requirements;

• Difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;

• The possibility that we may not receive a favorable return on our investment, the original investment may become impaired, and/or we may incur losses from these investments;

• Dissatisfaction or performance problems with the acquired company;

• The assumption of risks of the acquired company that are difficult to quantify, such as litigation;

• The cost associated with the acquisition, including restructuring actions, which may require cash payments that, if large enough, could materially and adversely affect our liquidity; and

• Assumption of unknown liabilities or other unanticipated adverse events or circumstances.

Acquisitions present many risks, and we may not realize the financial and strategic goals that were contemplated at the time of any transaction. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate any business, products, technologies or personnel that we may acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

22

If the average closing price of our common stock were to drop below $1.00 per share over a consecutive thirty trading-day period, we would be out of compliance with NYSE Euronext (“NYSE”) rules, and our common stock could be delisted from trading on the NYSE, which could materially and adversely impair the liquidity and value of our common stock.

During fiscal 2015, the closing price of our common stock ranged between a low of $0.99 on May 7, 2014 and a high of $1.81 on December 26, 2014. If the average closing price of our common stock does not exceed $1.00 per share over a consecutive thirty trading-day period, we would be non-compliant with NYSE continued listing standards. Once notified of such non-compliance by the NYSE, we would need to bring our share price and consecutive thirty trading-day average share price back above $1.00 per share within six months or the NYSE would commence suspension and delisting procedures. In addition, if our common stock price falls below the $1.00 threshold to the point where the NYSE considers the stock price to be “abnormally low,” the NYSE has the discretion to begin delisting proceeding immediately with respect to our common stock. There is no formal definition of “abnormally low” in the NYSE rules. If our common stock were delisted, the ability of our stockholders to sell any of our common stock at all would be severely, if not completely, limited, causing our stock price to decline further.

If the future outcomes related to the estimates used in recording tax liabilities to various taxing authorities result in higher tax liabilities than estimated, then we would have to record tax charges, which could be material.

We have provided amounts and recorded liabilities for probable and estimable tax adjustments that may be proposed by various taxing authorities in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. If events occur that indicate payments of these amounts will be less than estimated, then reversals of these liabilities would create tax benefits recognized in the periods when we determine the liabilities have reduced. Conversely, if events occur which indicate that payments of these amounts will be greater than estimated, then tax charges and additional liabilities would be recorded. In particular, various foreign jurisdictions could challenge the characterization or transfer pricing of certain intercompany transactions. In the event of an unfavorable outcome of such challenge, there exists the possibility of a material tax charge and adverse impact on the results of operations in the period in which the matter is resolved or an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and estimable.

Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges, which could be material.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, and an adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates relative to our position in such currencies could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not currently use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. We have used in the past, and may use in the future, foreign currency forward contracts and derivative financial instruments to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. To the extent that we have assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency that are inadequately hedged or not hedged at all, we may be subject to foreign currency losses, which could be significant.

Our international operations can act as a natural hedge when both operating expenses and sales are denominated in local currencies. In these instances, although an unfavorable change in the exchange rate of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar would result in lower sales when translated to U.S. dollars, operating expenses would also be lower in these circumstances. An increase in the rate at which a foreign currency is exchanged for U.S. dollars would require more of that particular foreign currency to equal a specified amount of U.S. dollars than before such rate increase. In such cases, and if we were to price our products and services in that particular foreign currency, we would receive fewer U.S. dollars than we would have received prior to such rate increase for the foreign currency. Likewise, if we were to price our products and services in U.S. dollars while competitors priced their products in a local currency, an increase in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar would result in our prices being uncompetitive in those markets. Such fluctuations in currency exchange rates could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

23

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our headquarters are located in San Jose, California. We lease facilities in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. The following is a summary of the significant locations and primary functions of those facilities as of March 31, 2015:

Location	Function
North America
San Jose, CA	Corporate headquarters, research and development
Irvine, CA	Administration, research and development, sales, service
Colorado Springs, CO	Administration, operations management, research and development, service
Englewood, CO	Research and development, sales, service
Mendota Heights, MN	Research and development
Richardson, TX	Research and development
Bellevue, WA	Administration and sales
Other North America	Sales
Europe
Paris, France	Sales and service
Boehmenkirch, Germany	Service
Munich, Germany	Sales and service
Zurich, Switzerland	Administration and operations
Bracknell, UK	Sales and service
Northampton, UK	Service
Other Europe	Sales and service
Asia Pacific
Adelaide, Australia	Research and development
Beijing, China	Marketing and sales
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia	Customer service
Singapore City, Singapore	Administration, operations management, sales
Other Asia Pacific	Sales

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that we have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of disk array products, and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. We believe the probability that we will pay material damages related to this lawsuit is remote.

On September 23, 2014, we filed a lawsuit against Crossroads in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging patent infringement of our patent 6,766,412  by Crossroad’s StrongBox VSeries Library Solution product. We are seeking injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages. On December 4, 2014, we amended our complaint alleging infringement of a second patent, 5,940,849, related to Crossroad's SPHiNX product line. On December 16, 2014, we withdrew the amended complaint alleging infringement of the second patent, 5,940,849.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

24

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “QTM.” As of May 29, 2015, the closing price of our common stock was $2.04 per share. The prices per share reflected in the following table represent the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock for the quarters indicated:

Fiscal 2015	High		Low
First quarter ended June 30, 2014	$	1.22	$	0.99
Second quarter ended September 30, 2014	1.31		1.16
Third quarter ended December 31, 2014	1.81		1.02
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 2015	1.76		1.54
Fiscal 2014	High		Low
First quarter ended June 30, 2013	$	1.61	$	1.19
Second quarter ended September 30, 2013	1.75		1.34
Third quarter ended December 31, 2013	1.59		1.10
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 2014	1.43		1.13

Historically, we have not paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the covenants in our senior secured revolving credit agreement unless we meet certain defined thresholds. See the section captioned “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and also Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

As of May 29, 2015, there were 1,152 Quantum stockholders of record, including the Depository Trust Company, which holds shares of Quantum common stock on behalf of an indeterminate number of beneficial owners. The information required by this item regarding equity compensation plans is provided in Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total return to stockholders of Quantum common stock at March 31, 2015 for the period since March 31, 2010 to the cumulative total return over such period of (i) the NASDAQ Composite Index and (ii) the S&P Computer Storage & Peripherals Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on March 31, 2010 in our common stock and in each of the indices listed on the graph and reflects the change in the market price of our common stock relative to the changes in the noted indices at March 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015. The performance shown below is based on historical data and is not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future price performance of our common stock.

25

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

This summary of selected consolidated financial information of Quantum for fiscal 2011 to 2015 should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

	For the year ended March 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)	2015		2014			2013			2012			2011
Statement of Operations Data:
Total revenue	$	553,095	$	553,165		$	587,439		$	651,987		$	673,094
Total cost of revenue	308,409		313,545			346,878			378,542			389,288
Gross margin	244,686		239,620			240,561			273,445			283,806
Income (loss) from operations	14,397		(11,799		)	(42,460		)	4,745			25,861
Net income (loss)	16,760		(21,474		)	(52,179		)	(9,256		)	5,698
Basic net income (loss) per share	0.07		(0.09		)	(0.22		)	(0.04		)	0.03
Diluted net income (loss) per share	0.06		(0.09		)	(0.22		)	(0.04		)	0.02

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014		2013		2012		2011
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets	$	358,755	$	361,798	$	368,882	$	393,223	$	429,223
Short-term debt	83,735		—		—		—		1,067
Long-term debt	70,000		203,735		205,000		184,495		238,267

26

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980, is a is a leading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing and preserving digital assets over the entire data lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to major enterprises, have trusted us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual and cloud environments that are designed to help customers Be Certain™ they have an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

Business

We believe our combination of expertise, innovation and platform independence enables us to solve scale-out storage and data protection challenges more easily, cost-effectively and securely than competitive offerings. We earn our revenue from the sale of products, systems and services through an array of channel partners and our sales force. Our products are sold under both the Quantum brand name and the names of various OEM customers. Our scale-out storage solutions include StorNext® software, StorNext appliances, StorNext Pro™ Solutions, Lattus™ extended online storage systems and Q-Cloud^TM Archive and are designed to help customers manage large unstructured data sets in an information workflow, encompassing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable processing, intelligent protection and high-value monetization. Our data protection solutions include DXi® deduplication backup systems and Scalar® automated tape libraries that optimize backup and recovery, simplify management and lower cost. Our vmPRO™ virtual server backup and disaster recovery offerings protect virtual environments while minimizing the impact on servers and storage. In addition, we also offer software for cloud backup and disaster recovery of physical and virtual servers. We have a full range of services and the global scale and scope to support our worldwide customer base.

During fiscal 2015, our focus was on providing an increasingly broad range of scale-out storage solutions and expanding our footprint in the vertical market of media and entertainment, which helped us to achieve record revenue for scale-out storage products and services. We created specific product combinations in our StorNext Pro Solutions as well as dedicated sales and marketing resources for this vertical market. In addition, we leveraged our install base of data center customers to sell scale-out storage solutions to manage growing media files and large content workflow for these customers. We continue to pursue growth opportunities in other vertical markets and use cases where customers can benefit from our workflow-optimized solutions, including corporate video, cybersecurity, government intelligence and oil and gas. We announced new joint solutions with strategic partners that include a solution targeted for sporting event media and entertainment customers, a solution that enables customers to more easily investigate and combat cyber-attacks and a solution that optimizes workflows for the oil and gas industry. Reflecting our expansion into video surveillance, we announced the certification of a combined solution using StorNext to store large amounts of video files while optimizing system performance.

We introduced new product offerings during the year, including the DXi6900, which incorporates StorNext 5 technology and is optimized for modern data protection workflows and StorNext QXS-5600, a high-capacity, high-density disk array that provides cost-effective storage for customers for a wide variety of applications. In the second quarter, we acquired Symform, Inc.'s cloud storage services platform and development team, gaining technology and expertise we plan to leverage in future scale-out storage and data protection offerings. In the fourth quarter, we announced three new Q-Cloud public cloud solutions that enable our customers to leverage Quantum's intelligent data management software to integrate the cloud into multi-tier, hybrid storage architectures for demanding workloads and to realize the full benefits of the cloud without requiring modification to existing applications or processes.

In connection with continuing to build our go-to-market partnerships, we entered into two new initiatives with a partner to expand our customer base: a joint focused go-to-market initiative in the U.S. whereby we are selling their branded product as part of a larger StorNext workflow solution, and a joint sales effort in Europe for a co-branded DXi6900. Additionally, we announced an agreement with a leading information technology company to offer North American customers a joint solution for large enterprise and mainframe backup and archive storage that encompasses best-in-class disk and tape technologies. We recently announced a new partnership whereby we will integrate our partner's storage arrays to our scale-out storage and data protection portfolio to further expand our range of solutions designed for managing data across its entire life cycle in demanding environments.

27

In fiscal 2016 we plan to increase revenue by expanding our product and solution offerings, particularly in scale-out storage, focusing on key vertical markets to which our solutions are well-suited and capitalizing on new go-to-market partnerships.

We believe our current cash, balance sheet resources and line of credit availability are sufficient to pay off the outstanding balance of the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 (“3.50% notes”), operate the business and fund additional growth opportunities. For additional information regarding our 3.50% notes, refer to the section below captioned "Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Results

We had total revenue of $553.1 million in fiscal 2015, which is essentially flat compared to fiscal 2014. This is the net result of increased revenue from scale-out storage solutions, disk backup systems and service, offset by decreased tape automation systems and devices and media revenue and a $15.0 million royalty received in fiscal 2014 in connection with finalizing an intellectual property agreement that is not expected to recur. We had record revenue from scale-out storage solutions due to increased branded revenue in all geographies - Asia-Pacific (APAC), Europe, the Middle East and Africa (EMEA) and North America. Our total branded product and service revenue increased 7% from fiscal 2014 and our continued focus on our branded business is reflected in a greater proportion of non-royalty revenue from branded products and services, which grew to 88% in fiscal 2015 compared to 84% in fiscal 2014 and 83% in fiscal 2013.

Our gross margin percentage increased 90 basis points from fiscal 2014 to 44.2%, the net result of higher service revenue driven by the growth in scale-out storage and the improvements we have made in our business model over the past year-and-a -half, offset by lower royalty revenue. Operating expenses decreased $20.9 million, or 8%, from fiscal 2014 primarily due to cost controls and spending reductions that were implemented over the past year. Restructuring charges decreased by $9.5 million compared to fiscal 2014, primarily related to lower severance and benefits. Compensation and benefits also decreased due to reduced staffing levels. Intangible amortization expense decreased due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2015. Our operating results improved by $26.2 million, from a loss of $11.8 million in fiscal 2014 to $14.4 million of income from operations in fiscal 2015.

Net income improved by $38.2 million, from a net loss of $21.5 million in fiscal 2014 to net income of $16.8 million in fiscal 2015, which included a gain of $13.6 million resulting from the sale of our investment in a privately held company.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR FISCAL 2015, 2014 and 2013

Revenue

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
Product revenue	$	355,579	64.3	%	$	348,318	63.0	%	$	398,910	67.9	%	$	7,261		2.1	%	$	(50,592	)	(12.7	)%
Service revenue	155,674		28.1	%	147,199		26.6	%	144,037		24.5	%	8,475			5.8	%	3,162			2.2	%
Royalty revenue	41,842		7.6	%	57,648		10.4	%	44,492		7.6	%	(15,806		)	(27.4	)%	13,156			29.6	%
Total revenue	$	553,095	100.0	%	$	553,165	100.0	%	$	587,439	100.0	%	$	(70	)	—	%	$	(34,274	)	(5.8	)%

Total revenue in fiscal 2015 remained relatively flat compared to fiscal 2014. Revenue from scale-out storage solutions, disk backup systems and service revenue increased. These increases were offset by decreases in OEM and branded tape automation systems revenue, royalty revenue as well as branded devices and media revenue. The decrease in royalty revenue was primarily due to a $15.0 million royalty in connection with an intellectual property agreement received in the prior year.

We believe the changes in our product and service revenue are driven by the changing storage environment, including increased market demand for scale-out storage solutions and reduced demand for tape products. Revenue from branded data protection products and services decreased $13.7 million, or 4%, from fiscal 2014, largely due to decreases in tape automation systems and media revenue. Data protection products include our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and devices and media offerings. Revenue from branded scale-out storage solutions and services increased $43.4 million, or 74%, from fiscal 2014 largely due to increased sales of our StorNext appliances. Scale-out storage solutions include StorNext software, StorNext appliances, StorNext Pro Solutions and Lattus extended online storage solutions. In addition, OEM product and service revenue, which primarily comprises tape automation systems, decreased $14.0 million from fiscal 2014.

28

Total revenue in fiscal 2014 decreased from fiscal 2013, driven by a decline in tape automation systems revenue and disk backup systems revenue, partially offset by increased royalty revenue and revenue from scale-out storage solutions. We believe this was due to the changing storage environment including reduced demand for tape products and increased market demand for scale-out storage solutions. Prevailing economic uncertainty also impacted fiscal 2014 results, as did the U.S. federal government shut down during fiscal 2014, which we believe negatively impacted sales. Revenue from branded data protection products and services decreased $41.5 million, or 10%, from fiscal 2013. Revenue from branded scale-out storage solutions products and services increased $6.5 million, or 12%, from fiscal 2013. OEM product and service revenue decreased $12.4 from fiscal 2013. Royalty revenue increased $13.2 million from fiscal 2013.

Product Revenue

Total product revenue, which includes sales of our hardware and software products sold through both our Quantum branded and OEM channels, increased $7.3 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The increase in product revenue was primarily due to increased sales of scale-out storage solutions; revenue from disk backup systems also increased. These increases were partially offset by decreased sales of OEM and branded tape automation systems and devices and media. Revenue from sales of branded products increased 8% in fiscal 2015, and sales of products to our OEM customers decreased 20% compared to fiscal 2014.

Total product revenue decreased 13% in 2014 from fiscal 2013, primarily due to decreased sales of tape automation systems followed by lower revenue from disk backup systems, partially offset by increased revenue from scale-out storage solutions and devices and media. Revenue from sales of branded products decreased 12% primarily due to lower sales of disk backup systems followed by tape automation systems decreases, and OEM product revenue decreased 14% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 largely due to decreased tape automation revenue.

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
Tape automation systems	$	152,205	27.6	%	$	174,438	31.5	%	$	206,112	35.1	%	$	(22,233	)	(12.7	)%	$	(31,674	)	(15.4	)%
Disk backup systems*	54,845		9.9	%	50,217		9.1	%	74,255		12.6	%	4,628			9.2	%	(24,038		)	(32.4	)%
Devices and media	62,642		11.3	%	70,680		12.8	%	68,724		11.7	%	(8,038		)	(11.4	)%	1,956			2.8	%
Scale-out storage solutions*	85,887		15.5	%	52,983		9.6	%	49,819		8.4	%	32,904			62.1	%	3,164			6.4	%
Total product revenue	$	355,579	64.3	%	$	348,318	63.0	%	$	398,910	67.8	%	$	7,261		2.1	%	$	(50,592	)	(12.7	)%

*Revenue from disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions was previously included in a caption entitled disk systems and software solutions. Previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

Our branded tape automation business performed better in fiscal 2015 than our OEM tape automation systems business. Branded tape automation revenue declined 7%, or $7.4 million, compared to an OEM tape automation revenue decrease of 22%, or $14.8 million. The OEM decreases during fiscal 2015 were primarily due to a decline in revenue from midrange and enterprise systems, with midrange systems declining nearly twice as much as enterprise systems. The decline in fiscal 2015 of our branded tape automation revenue was primarily due to a decrease in sales of enterprise systems.

Revenue from disk backup systems, primarily attributed to our branded business, increased 9%, or $4.6 million, during fiscal 2015. A decrease in revenue from our enterprise systems was offset by increases in revenue from entry-level systems, driven by the introduction of DXi 4700, and midrange systems, including the recently-introduced DXi 6900. The DXi 6900 scales to higher storage capacities than previous midrange systems, which contributed to the decrease in enterprise systems revenue. During fiscal 2015, we experienced an increase in large disk backup systems orders over $200,000.

Product revenue from devices, which includes tape drives and removable hard drives, and non-royalty media sales decreased during fiscal 2015 primarily due to lower media sales.

Our scale-out storage solutions revenue increased during fiscal 2015 primarily due to increased sales of StorNext appliances. Revenue from Lattus extended online storage and StorNext Pro Solutions products also increased, partially offset by a decrease in StorNext standalone software revenue. During fiscal 2015, we experienced an increase in large scale-out storage solutions orders over $200,000.

29

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Product revenue from tape automation systems revenue decreased 15% in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily due to decreased enterprise tape automation system sales, with a 24% decrease in branded enterprise sales and a 20% decline in OEM enterprise revenue. Midrange and entry-level tape automation sales also contributed to the decrease due to declines in both OEM and branded revenue from these products.

Revenue from disk backup systems decreased 32% from fiscal 2013 primarily due to decreased sales of enterprise DXi systems in addition to decreased midrange disk revenue. We had lower enterprise and midrange disk system revenue primarily due to fewer large orders, or orders over $200,000, during fiscal 2014.

Product revenue from devices and media, which includes tape drives, removable hard drives and non-royalty media, increased modestly from fiscal 2013 primarily due to increased branded media sales in addition to increased revenue from devices.

Revenue from scale-out storage solutions increased 6% due to increased revenue from StorNext appliances compared to fiscal 2013.

Service Revenue

Service revenue is primarily comprised of hardware service contracts, which are typically purchased by our customers to extend the warranty or to provide faster service response time, or both. Service revenue increased in both fiscal 2015 and 2014 primarily due to increased revenue from branded service contracts for our StorNext appliances. Service revenue for our data protection products experienced slight decreases in both fiscal 2015 and 2014.

Royalty Revenue

Royalty revenue decreased in fiscal 2015 and increased in fiscal 2014 primarily due to a $15.0 million royalty received in connection with an intellectual property agreement in fiscal 2014. We also experienced expected decreases in DLT^® media royalties in both fiscal 2015 and 2014 as customers chose to not use this older technology.

Gross Margin

	For the year ended March 31,													Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014					2013				2015 vs. 2014				2014 vs. 2013
	Margin		Margin Rate		Margin			Margin Rate		Margin		Margin Rate		Margin			Basis points	Margin			Basis points
Product margin	$	117,900	33.2	%	$	111,242		31.9	%	$	131,636	33.0	%	$	6,658		130	$	(20,394	)	(110	)
Service margin	84,944		54.6	%	71,269			48.4	%	64,433		44.7	%	13,675			620	6,836			370
Royalty margin	41,842		100.0	%	57,648			100.0	%	44,492		100.0	%	(15,806		)	—	13,156			—
Gross margin	$	244,686	44.2	%	$	239,620	*	43.3	%	$	240,561	41.0	%	$	5,066		90	$	(941	)	230

* Fiscal 2014 total gross margin includes $0.5 million of restructuring expense related to cost of revenue.

The 90 basis point increase in gross margin percentage in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily driven by an increase in the service gross margin rates and to a lesser extent, product gross margin rates. The improvement in the overall gross margin rate reflects the impact of the changes we have implemented in our operations, repair and service business models, partially offset by the decline in royalty revenue.

Over half of the 230 basis point increase in gross margin percentage in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 was due to the $13.2 million net increase in royalty revenue, and to a lesser extent, due to the improvements in our service delivery model. These increases were partially offset by decreases in our product margin, largely as a result of decreased product revenue.

30

Product Margin

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

Product gross margin dollars increased $6.7 million, or 6% in fiscal 2015, and our product gross margin rate increased 130 basis points in fiscal 2015. The increase in the product gross margin rate was primarily due to shifting to an outsourced manufacturing model during the second half of fiscal 2014. Outsourcing our manufacturing has created a more variable cost model, reducing costs during fiscal 2015 that were relatively fixed during most of fiscal 2014 when the majority of our products were manufactured in our facilities. Notable cost decreases from fiscal 2014 driven by the implementation of outsourced manufacturing include compensation and benefits and facility expenses.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Product gross margin dollars decreased $20.4 million, or 15%, compared to fiscal 2013, and our product gross margin rate decreased 110 basis points primarily due to a 13% decrease in product revenue which was mostly offset by decreased costs as a result of several items. Product material costs decreased the most, commensurate with the decrease in product revenue, and we also had decreased freight costs as a result of fewer shipments. A number of expenses decreased compared to fiscal 2013 as a result of cost reduction initiatives that began in the second half of fiscal 2013 and continued throughout fiscal 2014. The most significant decreased cost as a result of these initiatives was compensation and benefits expense from reduced staffing levels in addition to decreased facility expenses from additional reductions to our warehouse footprint. We also had lower intangible amortization in fiscal 2014 from certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized.

Service Margin

Service gross margin dollars increased $13.7 million, or 19%, in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, and service gross margin percentage increased 620 basis points compared to fiscal 2014 on a 6% increase in service revenue. Service gross margin dollars increased $6.8 million, or 11%, in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, and service gross margin percentage increased 370 basis points on a 2% increase in service revenue. The increase in service gross margin rate in both periods was primarily due to reduced costs as a result of continued improvements to our service delivery model, including outsourcing geographies with lower service and repair volumes and improving utilization of our service team and service parts inventories. In addition, our service activities continue to reflect a larger proportion of branded products under contract, which have margins that are relatively higher than for OEM repair services.

Royalty Margin

Royalties typically do not have related cost of sales and have a 100% gross margin percentage. Therefore, royalty gross margin dollars vary directly with royalty revenue. The royalty gross margin dollar decrease in fiscal 2015 and increase in fiscal 2014 were both primarily due to a $15.0 million royalty received in fiscal 2014 which is not expected to recur.

Research and Development Expenses

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
Research and development	$	58,618	10.6	%	$	64,375	11.6	%	$	73,960	12.6	%	$	(5,757	)	(8.9	)%	$	(9,585	)	(13.0	)%

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

The decrease in research and development expenses compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to implementing cost controls and spending reductions that resulted in a $4.7 million decrease in compensation and benefits from reduced staffing levels. Additionally, there was a $1.2 million decrease in depreciation expense due to declining capital expenditures.

31

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

The decrease in research and development expenses compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily due to cost reduction measures that resulted in a $6.6 million decrease in compensation and benefits from reduced staffing levels due to focusing investments in scale-out storage technology while continuing to invest in targeted future generation tape and disk technology. We also had a decrease of $1.5 million in external service provider expense and a decrease of $0.9 million in depreciation expense due to equipment becoming fully depreciated. Additionally, there was a $0.3 million decrease in project material expenses due to the nature of projects under development and specific development activities in the prior year periods that were not repeated at the same levels and a $0.3 million decrease in expensed equipment.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
Sales and marketing	$	113,954	20.6	%	$	118,771	21.5	%	$	136,873	23.3	%	$	(4,817	)	(4.1	)%	$	(18,102	)	(13.2	)%

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

The most significant factor driving the decrease in sales and marketing expense compared to fiscal 2014 was a $4.6 million decrease in intangible amortization expense due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2015. We had a $2.5 million decrease in compensation and benefits from decreased staffing levels. Additionally, spending reductions in fiscal 2015 resulted in decreases of $0.8 million in advertising costs, $0.8 million in travel expense and $0.8 million in external service provider expense compared to fiscal 2014. These decreases were partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in commission expense related to increased branded product revenue.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

The decrease in sales and marketing expense compared to fiscal 2013 was primarily due to cost reduction initiatives that resulted in decreases of $12.8 million in compensation and benefits, including commissions, from decreased staffing levels and reduced revenue compared to fiscal 2013. We had a $2.1 million decrease in intangible amortization due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized in the first half of fiscal 2014. Other decreases from cost reduction initiatives included declines of $1.8 million in travel expenses, $0.8 million in advertising and marketing costs and $0.7 million in recruiting expenses. These decreases were partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in external service provider expense.

General and Administrative Expenses

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
General and administrative	$	56,513	10.2	%	$	57,865	10.5	%	$	62,017	10.6	%	$	(1,352	)	(2.3	)%	$	(4,152	)	(6.7	)%

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

The decrease in general and administrative expense was primarily due to a $1.6 million decrease in facility-related expenses from vacating portions of various facilities in fiscal 2014 and continuing into fiscal 2015. Additionally, we had a $0.8 million decrease in depreciation expense due to declining capital expenditures. These decreases were partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in legal and advisory fees, primarily due to costs related to intellectual property matters and costs related to activities and inquiries of Starboard Value LP incurred during fiscal 2015.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

The decrease in general and administrative expense was largely due to a $1.4 million decrease in compensation and benefits, largely as a result of decreased staffing as well as reduced stock compensation expense due to a modification to extend the post-retirement exercise period for certain options in the first quarter of fiscal 2013 that was not repeated. Other cost decreases included $0.8 million in facility expenses from consolidating facilities during fiscal 2014, $0.5 million due to a refund of prior IT claims, $0.4 million in depreciation expense, $0.3 million in external service provider expense and $0.3 million in expensed IT equipment.

32

Restructuring Charges

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
Restructuring charges related to cost of revenue	$	—	—	%	$	539	0.1	%	$	—	—	%	$	(539	)	(100.0	)%	$	539	n/a
Restructuring charges in operating      expenses	1,666		0.3	%	10,675		1.9	%	10,171		1.7	%	(9,009		)	(84.4	)%	504		5.0	%
Total restructuring charges	$	1,666	0.3	%	$	11,214	2.0	%	$	10,171	1.7	%	$	(9,548	)	(85.1	)%	$	1,043	10.3	%

Our restructuring plans have been undertaken in an effort to return to consistent profitability and generate cash from operations. Restructuring actions in fiscal 2015 were largely due to further consolidating our facilities in the U.S.

Restructuring actions in fiscal 2014 were largely due to strategic management decisions to outsource our manufacturing and further consolidate repair and service operations, in addition to reducing research and development, sales and marketing and administrative activities and teams to align our workforce with our continuing operations plans.

For additional information and disclosure of restructuring charges refer to Note 8 “Restructuring Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Until we achieve consistent and sustainable levels of profitability, we may incur restructuring charges in the future from additional strategic cost reduction efforts.

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

Restructuring charges decreased in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to decreased severance and benefits restructuring and facility restructuring charges. Severance and benefits restructuring charges decreased $5.7 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to strategic management decisions to outsource our manufacturing operations and further consolidate production and service activities in fiscal 2014. Facility restructuring charges decreased $3.1 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to vacating a majority of our manufacturing and warehouse facilities in the U.S. in fiscal 2014.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Restructuring charges increased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013 primarily due to increased facility restructuring and other restructuring charges, largely attributable to our decision to outsource our manufacturing operations. Facility restructuring charges increased $2.4 million from fiscal 2013 primarily due to vacating a majority of our manufacturing and warehouse facilities, all of which are in the U.S. Other restructuring charges increased $0.8 million primarily due to restructuring charges related to cost of sales incurred as a result of our manufacturing outsourcing decision. These were partially offset by a $2.1 million decrease in severance charges largely due to a higher average severance charge per position in the prior year as a result of the specific job type, tenure and geographies of the positions eliminated.

Gain on Sale of Assets

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014				2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
Gain on sale of assets	$	462	0.1	%	$	267	0.0	%	$	—	—	%	$	195	73.0	%	$	267	n/a

We had a $0.5 million gain on the sale of assets primarily due to the sale of IP addresses in fiscal 2015.

33

Other Income and Expense

	For the year ended March 31,													Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013					2015 vs. 2014				2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue					% of revenue
Other income and (expense)	$	13,836	2.5	%	$	1,296	0.2	%	$	(216	)	0.0	%	$	12,540	967.6	%	$	1,512	n/m

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

The increase in other income in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $12.8 million increase in investment gains largely due to a $13.6 million gain on the sale of our investment in a privately held company in fiscal 2015.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

Other income in fiscal 2014 was primarily attributable to an $0.8 million increase from foreign currency gains in fiscal 2014 compared to foreign currency losses in fiscal 2013. The foreign currency gains in fiscal 2014 were primarily attributable to a strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Australian dollar. The foreign currency losses in fiscal 2013 were largely due to strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the euro.

Interest Expense

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
Interest expense	$	9,460	1.7	%	$	9,754	1.8	%	$	8,342	1.4	%	$	(294	)	(3.0	)%	$	1,412	16.9	%

Interest expense includes the amortization of debt issuance costs for debt facilities. For further information, refer to Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest expense decreased in fiscal 2015 from fiscal 2014 due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes in January 2015. Interest expense increased in fiscal 2014 from fiscal 2013 primarily due to refinancing our revolving debt balance in the third quarter of fiscal 2013 with 4.50% convertible subordinated notes. These convertible subordinated notes have a higher interest rate and a larger principal balance.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

	For the year ended March 31,												Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014				2013				2015 vs. 2014			2014 vs. 2013
			% of revenue				% of revenue				% of revenue
Loss on debt extinguishment	$	1,295	0.2	%	$	—	—	%	$	—	—	%	$	1,295	n/a	$	—	n/a

The loss on debt extinguishment in fiscal 2015 was due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes for $51.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1.0 million from the notes purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the purchased notes. For further information, refer to Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

34

Income Taxes

	For the year ended March 31,											Change
(dollars in thousands)	2015				2014			2013				2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
			% of pre-tax income			% of pre-tax loss				% of pre-tax loss
Income tax provision	$	718	4.1	%	$1,217	(6.0	)%	$	1,161	(2.3	)%	$	(499	)	(41.0	)%	$	56	4.8%

The decrease in income tax provision was primarily due to lower foreign taxes in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. Income tax provision was essentially unchanged in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. Tax expense in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 was primarily comprised of foreign income taxes and state taxes. For additional information, including a reconciliation of the effective tax rate, refer to Note 11 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

The following table details intangible asset amortization expense by classification within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,						Change
	2015		2014		2013		2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
Cost of revenue	$	913	$	1,476	$	3,775	$	(563	)	(38.1	)%	$	(2,299	)	(60.9	)%
Sales and marketing	2,784		7,426		9,524		(4,642		)	(62.5	)%	(2,098		)	(22.0	)%
	$	3,697	$	8,902	$	13,299	$	(5,205	)	(58.5	)%	$	(4,397	)	(33.1	)%

The decreases in intangible asset amortization in fiscal 2015 and 2014 compared to the respective prior years was due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized. Refer to Note 5 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our amortizable intangible assets.

Share-Based Compensation

The following table summarizes share-based compensation within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,						Change
	2015		2014		2013		2015 vs. 2014					2014 vs. 2013
Cost of revenue	$	1,489	$	1,963	$	2,389	$	(474	)	(24.1	)%	$	(426	)	(17.8	)%
Research and development	2,559		3,430		3,665		(871		)	(25.4	)%	(235		)	(6.4	)%
Sales and marketing	3,506		4,097		4,699		(591		)	(14.4	)%	(602		)	(12.8	)%
General and administrative	4,029		3,969		4,386		60			1.5	%	(417		)	(9.5	)%
	$	11,583	$	13,459	$	15,139	$	(1,876	)	(13.9	)%	$	(1,680	)	(11.1	)%

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

The decrease in share-based compensation in fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $1.3 million decrease in the restricted stock expense resulting from a lower fair value of restricted stock units. We also had a $0.4 million decrease in stock purchase plan expense as a result of decreased headcount.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

The decrease in share-based compensation in fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $0.9 million decrease in option expense due to option modifications in fiscal 2013 that were not repeated in addition to existing options becoming fully vested during fiscal 2014. We also had a $0.6 million decrease in stock purchase plan expense due to a combination of decreased employee contributions as a result of reduced staffing from fiscal 2013 and lower stock prices.

35

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Capital Resources and Financial Condition

As of March 31, 2015, we had $67.9 million of cash and cash equivalents which is comprised of money market funds and cash deposits.

We continue to focus on improving our operating performance, including efforts to increase revenue and to continue to control costs in order to improve margins, return to consistent profitability and generate positive cash flows from operating activities. We believe that our existing cash and capital resources will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service, contractual obligations and sustain operations for at least the next 12 months. This belief is dependent upon our ability to achieve gross margin projections and to control operating expenses in order to provide positive cash flow from operating activities. Although we recorded facility restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 and anticipate another nominal charge in fiscal 2016, payments for the accrued facility restructuring will be made monthly in accordance with the lease agreements, which continue through February 2021. As a result, the facility restructuring is not expected to change our cash requirements. Our cash outlay for these lease payments could be reduced in the future if we are able to sublease facilities. Should any of the above assumptions prove incorrect, either in combination or individually, it would likely have a material negative effect on our cash balances and capital resources.

The following is a description of our existing capital resources including outstanding balances, funds available to borrow and primary repayment terms including interest rates. For additional information, see Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We have $153.7 million of convertible subordinated debt outstanding in addition to a line of credit under a Wells Fargo Credit agreement, inclusive of amendments (“WF credit agreement”). The $153.7 million of convertible subordinated debt is comprised of $83.7 million of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 (“3.50% notes”) and $70 million of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 (“4.50% notes”). Both the 3.50% notes and the 4.50% notes have required semi-annual interest payments and no early call provisions. Interest payments related to the 3.50% notes and 4.50% notes are paid on May 15 and November 15 of each year. We paid $5.1 million of interest on the 3.50% notes and $3.2 million of interest on the 4.50% notes in fiscal 2015.

On January 28, 2015, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% notes for $51.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1.0 million from the notes we purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the purchased notes. We also paid accrued interest on the purchased notes of $0.4 million. We funded this transaction using cash on hand.

Under the WF credit agreement, as amended, we have the ability to borrow the lesser of $75 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base under a senior secured revolving credit facility. The WF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017 so long as an amount sufficient to repay the 3.50% notes is available for borrowing under the WF credit agreement or is deposited in a WF controlled account prior to August 16, 2015. Otherwise, the WF credit agreement matures on August 16, 2015. Quarterly, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility. There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and reporting covenants. We have letters of credit totaling $1.0 million, reducing the maximum amount available to borrow by this amount at May 29, 2015. As of May 29, 2015, and during fiscal 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants and had no outstanding balance on the line of credit.

The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. The base rate is defined in the WF credit agreement.

The WF credit agreement contains customary covenants, including cross-default provisions, as well as financial covenants. Average liquidity must exceed $15 million each month. The fixed charge coverage ratio is required to be greater than 1.2 for the 12 month period ending on the last day of any month in which the covenant is applicable. This covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5 million at any time during the month and was not applicable in fiscal 2015. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits and Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain liquidity of at least $20 million at all times. Repurchases of the subordinated convertible notes is allowed as long as we have a proforma fixed coverage ratio of 1.5 and liquidity of $25 million. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity and liquidity are defined in the WF credit agreement and/or amendments. Certain schedules in the compliance certificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $5 million; otherwise they are to be filed quarterly.

36

Generation of positive cash flow from operating activities has historically been, and will continue to be, an important source of cash to fund operating needs and meet our current and long-term obligations. We plan to utilize a combination of cash on hand and cash available under the WF credit agreement to repay the outstanding balance of the 3.50% notes while maintaining sufficient cash to fund operating needs and other obligations. While, we expect that we will repay the outstanding balance of the 3.50% notes using currently available resources as described, we may choose to raise additional capital if strategically advantageous to the company. We can provide no assurance that such financing would be available to us on commercially acceptable terms or at all.

We have taken many actions in recent years to offset the negative impact of economic uncertainty and slow economic growth and their impact on the data protection and scale-out storage markets. We cannot provide assurance that the actions we have taken in the past or any actions we may take in the future will ensure a consistent, sustainable and sufficient level of net income and positive cash flow from operating activities to fund, sustain or grow our business. Certain events that are beyond our control, including prevailing economic, competitive and industry conditions, as well as various legal and other disputes, may prevent us from achieving these financial objectives. Any inability to achieve consistent and sustainable net income and cash flow could result in:

(i) Restrictions on our ability to manage or fund our existing operations, which could result in a material and adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition.

(ii) Unwillingness on the part of the lenders to do any of the following:

• Provide a waiver or amendment for any covenant violations we may experience in future periods, thereby triggering a default under, or termination of, the revolving credit line, or

• Approve any amendments to the credit agreement we may seek to obtain in the future.

Any lack of renewal, waiver, or amendment, if needed, could result in the revolving credit line becoming unavailable to us and any amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable.

(iii) Further impairment of our financial flexibility, which could require us to raise additional funding in the capital markets sooner than we otherwise would, and on terms less favorable to us, if available at all.

Any of the above mentioned items, individually or in combination, could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations, available cash and cash flows, financial condition, access to capital and liquidity.

Cash Flows

Following is a summary of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities (in thousands):

	As of or for the year ended March 31,
(In thousands)	2015			2014			2013
Cash and cash equivalents	$	67,948		$	99,125		$	68,976
Net income (loss)	16,760			(21,474		)	(52,179		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	6,034			35,474			7,735
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	11,641			(6,649		)	(10,908		)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(48,641		)	1,285			20,975

Fiscal 2015

The $10.7 million difference between reported net income and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $22.6 million increase in accounts receivable, a $19.7 million increase in manufacturing inventories and a $13.6 million gain on sale of other investments, offset by $29.0 million of non-cash items and a $12.8 million increase in accounts payable. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to increased product revenue and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The increases in manufacturing inventories and accounts payable were due to increased inventory purchases to ensure adequate quantities on hand to fulfill orders. The largest non-cash items included share-based compensation, depreciation, amortization and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment.

Cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to $15.1 million of proceeds of sale of other investments in a privately held company, partially offset by $3.2 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment for product development and permanent demo units.

Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of convertible subordinated debt.

37

Fiscal 2014

The $56.9 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2014 was primarily due to $46.1 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were share-based compensation, service parts lower of cost or market adjustment, depreciation and amortization. In addition, we had a $13.4 million decrease in manufacturing inventories primarily due to outsourcing our manufacturing operations and an $8.7 million increase in deferred revenue primarily due to increased service contract revenue deferred at March 31, 2014 compared to March 31, 2013. These were partially offset by a $6.1 million decrease in accrued compensation due to decreased staffing and timing of payroll payments, and a $5.9 million decrease in accounts payable primarily due to decreased purchases.

Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $6.0 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment to support product development activities, IT equipment and software, largely related to an ERP system upgrade, leasehold improvements in locations we started leasing in the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and the purchase of permanent demo units.

Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2014 was primarily due to receipt of $4.4 million from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $1.9 million paid for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock and the purchase of $1.3 million of convertible subordinated debt.

Fiscal 2013

The $59.9 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $52.1 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were share-based compensation, amortization, depreciation and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had an $11.9 million decrease in accounts receivable primarily due to lower revenue and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 than the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. This was partially offset by an $8.6 million decrease in accounts payable primarily due to decreased purchases and the timing of payments.

Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $10.1 million of property and equipment purchases and $2.2 million used to purchase other investments. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment and testing hardware to support product development activities and equipment to update our network. We also made leasehold improvements to a location we started leasing in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Other investment purchases we made were in private technology companies with products or features complementary to Quantum products and our strategy.

Cash provided by financing activities during fiscal 2013 was primarily due to $18.2 million in net borrowings from issuing convertible subordinated debt and repaying our line of credit balance from a portion of the convertible debt proceeds. In addition, we received $4.8 million from the exercise of stock options and issuance of shares under the employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $2.0 million paid for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

Lease Commitments

We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses and provisions for maintenance, taxes or insurance. We also have equipment leases for computers and other office equipment. Future minimum lease payments under these operating leases are shown below in the “Contractual Obligations” section.

Commitments to Purchase Inventory

We use contract manufacturers for our manufacturing operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the third party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2015, we had issued non-cancelable commitments for $46.0 million to purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers and suppliers.

38

Stock Repurchases

During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market purchases or private transactions. As of March 31, 2015, $87.9 million remained under this authorization. No stock repurchases were made during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of the WF credit agreement.

Contractual Obligations

The table below summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

	Payments Due by Period
	Less than 1 year			1 – 3 years			3 –5 years			More than 5 years			Total
Convertible subordinated debt	$	89,811		$	76,300		$	—		$	—		$	166,111
Purchase obligations	46,019			—			—			—			46,019
Operating leases:
Lease payments	9,107			12,734			9,555			4,459			35,855
Sublease rental income	(587		)	(1,895		)	(1,852		)	(813		)	(5,147		)
Total operating leases	8,520			10,839			7,703			3,646			30,708
Total contractual cash obligations	$	144,350		$	87,139		$	7,703		$	3,646		$	242,838

The contractual commitments shown above include $12.4 million in interest payments on our various debt obligations. As of March 31, 2015, we had $5.1 million of long-term tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions, for which we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of when payments are likely to occur.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and effects on our results of operations and financial condition.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND POLICIES

Our discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations is based on the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these statements requires us to make significant estimates and judgments about future uncertainties that affect reported assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our significant accounting policies are presented within Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our critical accounting estimates require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments and are described below. An accounting estimate is considered critical if it requires estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain when the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. We have discussed the development, selection and disclosure of our critical accounting policies with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. We believe the assumptions and estimates used and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue Recognition

Application of the various accounting principles related to measurement and recognition of revenue requires us to make judgments and estimates in the following related areas: determining estimated selling prices and allocating revenue based on the relative selling prices in arrangements with multiple deliverables, including assessing whether we have vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) or third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for each deliverable; the interpretation of non-standard terms and conditions in sales agreements; assessments of future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns and estimates for contractual licensee fees.

39

When we enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, these arrangements require us to identify each deliverable and determine its estimated selling price following the relative selling price hierarchy. Additionally, we sometimes use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue.

When we enter into multiple deliverable revenue arrangements with customers which are not subject to software revenue guidance, we use judgment to (1) separate the deliverables based on specific criteria, (2) assign an estimated selling price to each deliverable based on the selling price hierarchy using VSOE, TPE or best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) and (3) allocate the total arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. When VSOE cannot be established we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for largely interchangeable products when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP. We use judgment to determine BESP, which is the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were regularly sold on a standalone basis. In this determination we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices, external market conditions and competitive positioning for similar offerings.

While the majority of our sales arrangements contain standard terms and conditions, we sometimes apply judgment when interpreting complex arrangements with non-standard terms and conditions to determine the appropriate accounting and timing of revenue recognition. An example of such a judgment is deferring revenue related to significant post-delivery obligations and customer acceptance criteria until such obligations are fulfilled.

For software products, we generally recognize revenue upon delivery of the software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.

We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed the software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. Similarly, royalty revenue is estimated from licensee reports of units sold to end users subject to royalties under master contracts. In both cases, these reports are used to substantiate delivery and we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Inventory Allowances

Our manufacturing and service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the carrying value of both manufacturing and service parts inventories to their net realizable value are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include significant estimates and judgments about the future of product life cycles, product demand, rapid technological changes, development plans, product pricing, physical deterioration, quality issues, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts.

Accrued Warranty

We estimate future product failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical return rates are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rates. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products.

40

Income Taxes

A number of estimates and judgments are necessary to determine deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowances. We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity.

We have provided a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets due to our history of net losses, difficulty in predicting future results and our conclusion that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. In addition, we have provided a full valuation allowance against certain of our international net deferred tax assets. Due to reorganizations in these jurisdictions, it is unclear whether we will be able to realize a benefit from these deferred tax assets. Also, certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.

Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Future income tax expense will be reduced to the extent that we have sufficient evidence to support a reversal or decrease in this allowance. We also have deferred tax assets and liabilities due to prior business acquisitions with corresponding valuation allowances after assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from these acquired net deferred tax assets.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Risk

Changes in interest rates affect interest income earned on our cash equivalents, which consisted solely of money market funds in fiscal 2015 and 2014. During both fiscal 2015 and 2014, interest rates on these funds were under 1.0% and we earned a negligible amount of interest income, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would have an insignificant impact on interest income.

We had no outstanding borrowings under the WF credit agreement and our convertible subordinated notes have fixed interest rates, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not impact interest expense.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We conduct business in certain international markets, primarily in the European Union. Because we operate in international markets, we have exposure to different economic climates, political arenas, tax systems and regulations that could affect foreign exchange rates. Our primary exposure to foreign currency risk relates to transacting in foreign currency and recording the activity in U.S. dollars. Changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and these other currencies will result in transaction gains or losses, which we recognize in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

To the extent practicable, we minimize our foreign currency exposures by maintaining natural hedges between our assets and liabilities and revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, in fiscal 2015 we entered into a foreign currency option contract to economically hedge euro product revenue exposures. We may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts or other economic hedges in the future. Our goal in managing our foreign exchange risk is to reduce to the extent practicable our potential exposure to the changes that exchange rates might have on our earnings. We make a number of estimates in conducting hedging.  In the event those estimates differ significantly from actual results, we could experience greater volatility as a result of our hedges.

41

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
Quantum Corporation – Financial Statements
Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	43
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and 2014	44
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	45
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	46
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	47
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	49
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	50
Schedule II – Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts	73

42

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Quantum Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income (loss), of cash flows, and of stockholders’ deficit present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quantum Corporation and its subsidiaries at March 31,2015 and March 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying indexpresents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing under item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

June 12, 2015

43

QUANTUM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value)

	March 31, 2015			March 31, 2014
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	67,948		$	99,125
Restricted cash	2,621			2,760
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $27 and $88, respectively	124,159			101,605
Manufacturing inventories	50,274			34,815
Service parts inventories	24,640			25,629
Other current assets	12,332			10,161
Total current assets	281,974			274,095
Long-term assets:
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation	14,653			17,574
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization	731			3,911
Goodwill	55,613			55,613
Other long-term assets	5,784			10,605
Total long-term assets	76,781			87,703
	$	358,755		$	361,798
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	54,367		$	41,792
Accrued warranty	4,219			6,116
Deferred revenue, current	95,899			98,098
Accrued restructuring charges, current	3,855			4,345
Convertible subordinated debt, current	83,735			—
Accrued compensation	35,414			25,036
Other accrued liabilities	20,740			15,168
Total current liabilities	298,229			190,555
Long-term liabilities:
Deferred revenue, long-term	39,532			40,054
Accrued restructuring charges, long-term	991			4,023
Convertible subordinated debt, long-term	70,000			203,735
Other long-term liabilities	10,441			10,831
Total long-term liabilities	120,964			258,643
Commitments and contingencies	—			—
Stockholders’ deficit:
Preferred stock:
Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2015 and 2014	—			—
Common stock:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 258,208 and 250,410
shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014, respectively	2,582			2,504
Capital in excess of par	456,411			443,547
Accumulated deficit	(523,311		)	(540,071		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	3,880			6,620
Stockholders’ deficit	(60,438		)	(87,400		)
	$	358,755		$	361,798

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

44

QUANTUM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Product revenue	$	355,579		$	348,318		$	398,910
Service revenue	155,674			147,199			144,037
Royalty revenue	41,842			57,648			44,492
Total revenue	553,095			553,165			587,439
Product cost of revenue	237,679			237,076			267,274
Service cost of revenue	70,730			75,930			79,604
Restructuring charges related to cost of revenue	—			539			—
Total cost of revenue	308,409			313,545			346,878
Gross margin	244,686			239,620			240,561
Operating expenses:
Research and development	58,618			64,375			73,960
Sales and marketing	113,954			118,771			136,873
General and administrative	56,513			57,865			62,017
Restructuring charges	1,666			10,675			10,171
Total operating expenses	230,751			251,686			283,021
Gain on sale of assets	462			267			—
Income (loss) from operations	14,397			(11,799		)	(42,460		)
Other income and expense	13,836			1,296			(216		)
Interest expense	(9,460		)	(9,754		)	(8,342		)
Loss on debt extinguishment	(1,295		)	—			—
Income (loss) before income taxes	17,478			(20,257		)	(51,018		)
Income tax provision	718			1,217			1,161
Net income (loss)	$	16,760		$	(21,474	)	$	(52,179	)
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.07		$	(0.09	)	$	(0.22	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	0.06			(0.09		)	(0.22		)
Weighted average shares:
Basic	254,665			247,024			239,855
Diluted	260,027			247,024			239,855

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

45

QUANTUM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Net income (loss)	$	16,760		$	(21,474	)	$	(52,179	)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(3,490		)	679			(583		)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balances, net of taxes of $200, $(67) and $51, respectively	750			(251		)	192
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	(2,740		)	428			(391		)
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	14,020		$	(21,046	)	$	(52,570	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

46

QUANTUM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	16,760		$	(21,474	)	$	(52,179	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	8,281			10,713			12,413
Amortization of intangible assets	3,697			8,902			13,299
Amortization and write off of debt issuance costs	1,896			1,634			1,347
Service parts lower of cost or market adjustment	3,698			11,307			10,081
Deferred income taxes	(160		)	36			(142		)
Share-based compensation	11,583			13,459			15,139
Gain on sale of assets	(462		)	—			—
Gain on sale of other investments	(13,574		)	—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:
Accounts receivable	(22,554		)	(4,770		)	11,880
Manufacturing inventories	(19,688		)	13,352			(2,098		)
Service parts inventories	(1,010		)	2,675			3,735
Accounts payable	12,849			(5,881		)	(8,630		)
Accrued warranty	(1,897		)	(1,404		)	(66		)
Deferred revenue	(2,721		)	8,651			(370		)
Accrued restructuring charges	(3,548		)	3,619			3,009
Accrued compensation	11,318			(6,140		)	(1,663		)
Other assets and liabilities	1,566			795			1,980
Net cash provided by operating activities	6,034			35,474			7,735
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment	(3,241		)	(5,957		)	(10,099		)
Proceeds from sale of assets	462			—			—
Change in restricted cash	(250		)	426			1,113
Purchases of other investments	(22		)	(1,118		)	(2,169		)
Return of principal from other investments	112			—			247
Proceeds from sale of other investments	15,097			—			—
Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired	(517		)	—			—
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	11,641			(6,649		)	(10,908		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayments of long-term debt	—			—			(49,495		)
Borrowings of convertible subordinated debt, net	—			—			67,701
Repayments of convertible subordinated debt	(50,000		)	(1,265		)	—
Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock	(2,378		)	(1,880		)	(2,036		)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	3,737			4,430			4,805
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(48,641		)	1,285			20,975
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(211		)	39			(87		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(31,177		)	30,149			17,715
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	99,125			68,976			51,261
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	67,948		$	99,125		$	68,976
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Proceeds from sale of other investments included in other assets	$	1,564		$	—		$	—
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable	429			649			354
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	8,498			8,247			5,672
Income taxes, net of refunds	750			574			2,596

47

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

48

QUANTUM CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands)

	Common Stock			Capital in Excess of Par Value			Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income			Total
	Shares	Amount
Balances as of March 31, 2012	236,402	$	2,364	$	409,770		$	(466,418	)	$	6,583		$	(47,701	)
Net loss	—	—		—			(52,179		)	—			(52,179		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—	—		—			—			(583		)	(583		)
Net unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $51	—	—		—			—			192			192
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	3,783	38		4,402			—			—			4,440
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net	2,895	29		(1,700		)	—			—			(1,671		)
Share-based compensation expense	—	—		15,139			—			—			15,139
Balances as of March 31, 2013	243,080	2,431		427,611			(518,597		)	6,192			(82,363		)
Net loss	—	—		—			(21,474		)	—			(21,474		)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—	—		—			—			679			679
Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $(67)	—	—		—			—			(251		)	(251		)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	3,220	32		3,424			—			—			3,456
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net	4,110	41		(947		)	—			—			(906		)
Share-based compensation expense	—	—		13,459			—			—			13,459
Balances as of March 31, 2014	250,410	2,504		443,547			(540,071		)	6,620			(87,400		)
Net income	—	—		—			16,760			—			16,760
Foreign currency translation adjustments	—	—		—			—			(3,490		)	(3,490		)
Net unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax of $200	—	—		—			—			750			750
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	2,790	28		2,865			—			—			2,893
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net	5,008	50		(1,584		)	—			—			(1,534		)
Share-based compensation expense	—	—		11,583			—			—			11,583
Balances as of March 31, 2015	258,208	$	2,582	$	456,411		$	(523,311	)	$	3,880		$	(60,438	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

49

QUANTUM CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1: BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), is a leading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing, transforming and preserving digital assets over the entire data lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to large/multi-national enterprises, trust us to address their most demanding content workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual and cloud environments that are designed to help customers Be Certain™ they have an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Quantum and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the period. We base estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on available information. Our reported financial position or results of operations may be materially different under different conditions or when using different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies, which are discussed below. In the event that estimates or assumptions prove to differ from actual results, adjustments are made in the current period to reflect this current information.

NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of sales of hardware, software and services, as well as royalties we earn for the license of certain intellectual property. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products and services when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized and earned when: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and when collectability is reasonably assured. Royalty revenue is recognized when earned or amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Multiple Element Arrangements

We enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, and these arrangements require assessment of each deliverable to determine its estimated selling price. Additionally, we use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue. The majority of our products are hardware products which contain software essential to the overall functionality of the product. Hardware products are generally sold with customer field support agreements.

For arrangements with multiple elements, arrangement consideration is first allocated between software (consisting of nonessential and stand-alone software) and non-software deliverables on a relative fair value basis.

Arrangement consideration in such multiple element transactions is allocated to each non-software element based on the fair value hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. For BESP, we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices.

For software deliverables, we allocate revenue between multiple elements based on software revenue recognition guidance, which requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on VSOE. Where fair value of delivered elements is not available, revenue is recognized on the “residual method” based on the fair value of undelivered elements. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and recognized at the earlier of the delivery of those elements or the establishment of fair value of the remaining undelivered elements.

50

Product Revenue — Hardware

Revenue for hardware products sold to distributors, VARs, DMRs, OEMs and end users is generally recognized upon shipment. When significant post-delivery obligations exist, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled. If there are customer acceptance criteria in the contract, we recognize revenue upon end user acceptance.

In the period revenue is recognized, allowances are provided for estimated future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns. These allowances are based on programs in existence at the time revenue is recognized, plans regarding future price adjustments, the customers’ master agreements and historical product return rates. Since we have historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required, we recognize revenue, net of projected allowances, upon shipment to our customers. If we were unable to reliably estimate the amount of revenue adjustments in any specific reporting period, then we would be required to defer recognition of the revenue until the rights had lapsed and we were no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.

Product Revenue — Software

For software products, we generally recognize revenue upon delivery of the software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.

We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed our software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Service Revenue

Revenue for service is generally recognized upon services being rendered. Service revenue primarily consists of customer field support agreements for our hardware products. For customer field support agreements, revenue equal to the separately stated price of these service contracts for our hardware products is initially deferred and recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period.

Royalty Revenue

We license certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers under arrangements that are represented by master contracts. The master contracts give the third party manufacturers rights to the intellectual property which include allowing them to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in products for resale. As consideration, the licensees pay us a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate our intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Service Cost of Revenue

We classify expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of our total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to our customers under contract. These estimates are based upon a variety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which we earn service revenue. In the event our service business changes, our estimates of cost of service revenue may be impacted.

Shipping and Handling Fees

Shipping and handling fees are included in cost of revenue and were $12.3 million, $13.6 million and $16.0 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. We have determined that technological feasibility for our software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. We expense software-related research and development costs as incurred.

51

Advertising Expense

We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $7.6 million, $8.4 million and $8.2 million, respectively.

Restructuring Charges

In recent periods and over the past several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges related to the realignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges represent expenses incurred in connection with strategic planning, certain cost reduction programs and acquisition integrations that we have implemented and consist of the cost of involuntary termination benefits, facilities charges, asset write-offs and other costs of exiting activities or geographies.

The charges for involuntary termination costs and associated expenses often require the use of estimates, primarily related to the number of employees to be paid severance and the amounts to be paid, largely based on years of service and statutory requirements. Assumptions to estimate facility exit costs include the ability to secure sublease income largely based on market conditions, the likelihood and amounts of a negotiated settlement for contractual lease obligations and other exit costs. Other estimates for restructuring charges consist of the realizable value of assets including associated disposal costs and termination fees with third parties for other contractual commitments.

Share-Based Compensation

The majority of our share-based awards are measured based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, We use the Black-Scholes stock option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we use a Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. Both the Black-Scholes and Monte-Carlo models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected life, expected volatility and expected risk-free rate of return. Other reasonable assumptions in either model could provide differing results. We calculate a forfeiture rate to estimate the share-based awards that will ultimately vest based on types of awards and historical experience. Additionally, for awards which are performance based, we make estimates as to the probability of the underlying performance being achieved.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign offices and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of the entity. For a majority of our foreign operations, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of foreign offices with a local functional currency are translated, for consolidation purposes, at current exchange rates from the local currency to the reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. The resulting gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange gains and losses from changes in the exchange rates underlying intercompany balances that are of a long-term investment nature are also reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are remeasured each month with the remeasurement gain or loss recorded in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign currency gains and losses recorded in other income and expense were a $0.2 milliongain in fiscal 2015, a $0.3 milliongain in fiscal 2014 and a $0.5 millionloss in fiscal 2013.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments are carried at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair values of the derivative financial instruments generally represent the estimated amounts we would expect to receive or pay upon termination of the contracts as of the reporting date. We did not hold any material derivative instruments during fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013. 

52

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We also reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax charge to the provision.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. To the extent accrued interest and penalties do not become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made.

Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Other Investments

We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at fair value, which approximates their cost.

Restricted cash is comprised of bank guarantees and similar required minimum balances that serve as cash collateral in connection with various items including insurance requirements, value added taxes, ongoing tax audits and leases in certain countries.

Investments in private technology venture limited partnerships are currently accounted for using the equity method because we are deemed to have influence. Ownership interests in these limited partnerships are accounted for under the equity method unless our interest is so minor that we have virtually no influence over the partnership operating and financial policies, in which case the cost method is used.

Investments in other privately held companies are accounted for under the cost method unless we hold a significant stake. We review non-marketable equity investments on a regular basis to determine if there has been any impairment of value which is other than temporary by reviewing their financial information, gaining knowledge of any new financing or other business agreements and assessing their operating viability. In fiscal 2015, we sold our investment in a privately held company that was accounted for under the cost method and recorded a $13.6 million gain in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Investments in non-marketable equity investments are recorded in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and, for the majority of our customers, require no collateral. For customers that do not meet our credit standards, we often require a form of collateral, such as cash deposits or letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. These credit evaluations require significant judgment and are based on multiple sources of information. We analyze such factors as our historical bad debt experience, industry and geographic concentrations of credit risk, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and expected collectability of outstanding accounts receivable. We record bad debt expense in general and administrative expenses.

Manufacturing Inventories

Our manufacturing inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

53

Service Parts Inventories

Our service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We carry service parts because we generally provide product warranty for one to three years and earn revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond this warranty period. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. Defective parts returned from customers that can be repaired are repaired and put back into service parts inventories at their current carrying value. We record adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value, and we dispose of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Machinery and equipment	3 to 5 years
Computer equipment	3 to 5 years
ERP software	10 years
Other software	3 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 years
Other office equipment	5 years
Leasehold improvements	Life of lease

Amortizable Intangible and Other Long-lived Assets

We review the useful lives of amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets (“long-lived assets”) quarterly and review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The company operates as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes, and our impairment evaluation also treats the company as a single asset group. Impairment indicators we consider include a significant decrease in the market price of our long-lived asset group, adverse changes in the extent or manner in which our long-lived assets are being used, adverse changes in the business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets, a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of our long-lived assets and an expectation that it is more likely than not our long-lived assets will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful life. If we identify impairment indicators, we evaluate recoverability using an undiscounted cash flow approach. Estimates of future cash flows incorporate company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, and these factors are impacted by market conditions. If impairment is indicated, an impairment charge is recorded to write the long-lived assets down to their estimated fair value.

54

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. We operate as a single reporting unit and consider the company as a whole when reviewing impairment factors. In addition to comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value, because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount. Some of the impairment indicators we consider include significant differences between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of our assets and liabilities; macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic condition or limitations on accessing capital; industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which we operate and an increased competitive environment; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; other relevant events such as litigation, changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; the testing for recoverability of our long-lived assets and a sustained decrease in share price. We evaluate the significance of identified events and circumstances on the basis of the weight of evidence along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount, including positive mitigating events and circumstances. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step is performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment. If impairment is indicated, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded to write the goodwill down to its implied fair value.

Accrued Warranty

We generally warrant our hardware products against certain defects for periods ranging from 1 to 3 years from the date of sale. Our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions may carry service agreements with customers that choose to extend or upgrade the warranty service. We use a combination of internal resources and third party service providers to supply field service and support. If the actual costs were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen costs or cost reductions in subsequent periods.

We estimate future failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical rates of return are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rate. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products. It is reasonably likely that assumptions will be updated for failure rates and, therefore, our accrued warranty estimate could change in the future.

Business Combinations

We allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess purchase price above the identified net tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities is allocated to goodwill. We consider fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We estimate fair value using the fair value hierarchy for the tangible and intangible assets acquired as well as liabilities and contingencies assumed from the acquired company.

Common Stock Repurchases

During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market or private transactions. As of March 31, 2015 and 2014, there was $87.9 million remaining on our authorization to repurchase Quantum common stock. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of our Wells Fargo credit agreement.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We use exit prices, that is the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability, to measure assets and liabilities that are within the scope of the fair value measurements guidance. We classify these assets and liabilities based on the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted (observable) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

55

Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3: Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of money market funds which are valued using quoted market prices at the respective balance sheet dates and are level 1 fair value measurements (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Money market funds	$	34,278	$	93,077

We have certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets include property and equipment, amortizable intangible assets and goodwill. We did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2014. We do not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Our financial liabilities were comprised primarily of convertible subordinated debt at March 31, 2015 and 2014. The carrying value and fair value based on quoted market prices in less active markets (level 2 fair value measurement) were as follows (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015				2014
	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Convertible subordinated debt	$	153,735	$	166,551	$	203,735	$	203,820

Risks and Uncertainties

As is typical in the information storage industry, a significant portion of our customer base is concentrated among a small number of OEMs, distributors and large VARs. The loss of any one of our more significant customers, or a significant decrease in the sales volume with one of these significant customers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, if there is a downturn in general economic conditions, the resulting effect on IT spending could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We also face risks and uncertainties since our competitors in one area may be customers or suppliers in another.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to increasingly rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products.

Concentration of Credit Risk

We currently invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks and in money market funds. In the past, we have also held investments in short-term debt securities of companies with strong credit ratings from a variety of industries, and we may make investments in these securities in the future. We have not experienced any material losses on these investments and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment.

We sell products to customers in a wide variety of industries on a worldwide basis. In countries or industries where we are exposed to material credit risk, we may require collateral, including cash deposits and letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. We do not believe we have significant credit risk beyond that provided for in the financial statements in the ordinary course of business.

Sales to our top five customers represented 31% of revenue in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 and 32% of revenue in fiscal 2013. We had no customers that comprised 10% or greater of revenue in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2013.

56

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. ASU 2013-11 does not require new recurring disclosures. ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. We adopted ASU 2013-11 prospectively in the first quarter of fiscal 2015. Adoption did not impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue through the application of a five-step model, which includes identification of the contract, identification of the performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as the entity satisfies the performance obligations. ASU 2014-09 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2017, or fiscal 2018. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Topic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires that management assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. We plan to adopt ASU 2014-15 as of the end of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 and do not anticipate adoption will impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest(Topic 835-30):Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ("ASU 2015-03"). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We plan to adopt ASU 2015-03 beginning April 1, 2015 and we will reclassify debt issuance costs from other current and long-term assets to convertible subordinated debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets; we do not otherwise anticipate adoption will materially impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 3: ACQUISITION

On July 29, 2014, we acquired a majority of the assets of Symform, Inc., a Washington corporation, for cash of approximately $0.5 million. The assets, consisting primarily of Symform technology, were recorded as purchased technology and are expected to enhance our cloud software capabilities and service offerings for data protection and scale-out storage. This acquisition was recorded as a business combination and the effect was not material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 4: BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Cash	$	36,291	$	8,808
Money market funds	34,278		93,077
	$	70,569	$	101,885

57

Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Finished goods	$	28,022	$	18,069
Work in process	58		1,056
Materials and purchased parts	22,194		15,690
	$	50,274	$	34,815

Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Finished goods	$	18,143	$	17,926
Component parts	6,497		7,703
	$	24,640	$	25,629

Property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015			2014
Machinery and equipment	$	122,339		$	119,783
Furniture and fixtures	5,816			6,127
Leasehold improvements	20,309			20,116
	148,464			146,026
Less: accumulated depreciation	(133,811		)	(128,452		)
	$	14,653		$	17,574

NOTE 5: INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible Assets

Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which generally range from one to eight years. In estimating the useful lives of intangible assets, we considered the following factors:

• The cash flow projections used to estimate the useful lives of the intangible assets showed a trend of growth that was expected to continue for an extended period of time;

• Our tape automation products, disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions, in particular, have long development cycles; these products have experienced long product life cycles; and

• Our ability to leverage core technology into data protection and scale-out storage solutions and, therefore, to extend the lives of these technologies.

Acquired IPR&D is amortized over its estimated useful life once technological feasibility is reached. If IPR&D is determined to not have technological feasibility or is abandoned, we write off the IPR&D in that period.

Following is the weighted average amortization period for our amortizable intangible assets:

	Amortization (Years)
Purchased technology	6.2
Trademarks	6.0
Customer lists	8.0
All intangible assets	6.7

58

Intangible amortization within our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Purchased technology	$	913	$	1,476	$	3,775
Trademarks	—		—		244
Customer lists	2,784		7,426		9,280
	$	3,697	$	8,902	$	13,299

The following table provides a summary of the carrying value of intangible assets (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015							2014
	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount
Purchased technology	$	179,992	$	(179,261	)	$	731	$	179,475	$	(178,348	)	$	1,127
Trademarks	3,900		(3,900		)	—		3,900		(3,900		)	—
Customer lists	66,219		(66,219		)	—		76,019		(73,235		)	2,784
	$	250,111	$	(249,380	)	$	731	$	259,394	$	(255,483	)	$	3,911

The total expected future amortization related to amortizable intangible assets is provided in the table below (in thousands):

	Amortization
Fiscal 2016	$	280
Fiscal 2017	175
Fiscal 2018	138
Fiscal 2019	103
Fiscal 2020	35
Total as of March 31, 2015	$	731

We evaluate our amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever indicators of impairment exist and concluded the carrying amount of our long-lived assets was recoverable and there was no impairment in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013. In fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, we wrote off $9.8 million and $31.0 million, respectively, of fully amortized intangible assets related to prior acquisitions. In-process research and development of $0.1 million reached technological feasibility during fiscal 2014, was transferred to amortizable purchased technology intangible assets and is being amortized over its estimated useful life.

Goodwill

The following provides a summary of the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):

	Goodwill		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount
Balances as of March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014	$	394,613	$	(339,000	)	$	55,613

Our annual impairment evaluation for goodwill in the fourth quarters of fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 did not indicate any impairment of our goodwill in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

59

NOTE 6: ACCRUED WARRANTY

The following table details the change in the accrued warranty balance (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014
Beginning balance	$	6,116		$	7,520
Additional warranties issued	6,146			8,508
Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years	(185		)	(228		)
Settlements	(7,858		)	(9,684		)
Ending balance	$	4,219		$	6,116

We warrant our products against certain defects for one to three years. A provision for estimated future costs and estimated returns for repair or replacement relating to warranty is recorded when products are shipped and revenue recognized. Our estimate of future costs to satisfy warranty obligations is primarily based on historical trends and, if believed to be significantly different from historical trends, estimates of future failure rates and future costs of repair. Future costs of repair include materials consumed in the repair, labor and overhead amounts necessary to perform the repair. If we determine in a future period that either actual failure rates or actual costs of repair were to differ from our estimates, we record the impact of those differences in that future period.

NOTE 7: DEBT

Convertible Subordinated Debt

4.50% Notes

On October 31, 2012, we issued $60 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017, and on November 6, 2012 we issued an additional $10 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 pursuant to an over-allotment provision (“4.50% notes”). These notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion rate of 607.1645 shares per $1,000 principal amount, a conversion price of approximately $1.65 per share. We may not redeem the notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 4.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2017 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the 4.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 4.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 4.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year beginning in May 2013. Interest began to accrue on October 31, 2012. The terms of the 4.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated October 31, 2012 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 4.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. We incurred and capitalized $2.3 million of fees for the 4.50% notes which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes.

3.50% Notes

On November 15, 2010, we issued $135 million aggregate principal amount of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 with a conversion price of $4.33 per share of our common stock (“3.50% notes”). We may not redeem the 3.50% notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 3.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2015 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the 3.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 3.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 3.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The terms of the 3.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated November 15, 2010 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 3.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. During fiscal 2015, the 3.50% notes were reclassified from convertible subordinated debt, long-term to convertible subordinated debt, current as they are due November 15, 2015. We incurred and capitalized $5 million of loan fees in fiscal 2011 for the 3.50% notes which are included in other current assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes.

60

On March 11, 2014, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $1.3 million of aggregate principal amount of notes for $1.3 million. On January 28, 2015, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $50 million of aggregate principal amount for $51 million . In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1 million from the notes purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes. We also paid accrued interest on the purchased notes of $0.4 million. We funded these transactions using cash on hand.

Wells Fargo Credit Agreement

On March 29, 2012, we refinanced the secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse by entering into a senior secured credit agreement (“WF credit agreement”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. We incurred and capitalized $1.0 million of fees related to the WF credit agreement which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the WF credit agreement in the Consolidated Statements of Operations .

On April 24, 2014, the WF credit agreement was amended to allow us to use proceeds from the credit agreement to repay the convertible subordinated notes so long as we have a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.5 and liquidity of $25 million. The amendment also impacted the available line, maturity date and certain covenants and compliance obligations which are reflected below. In addition, there were amendments in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, including an amendment to allow the assignment of one third of the total revolver commitment to Silicon Valley Bank and other conforming and related modifications.

Under the WF credit agreement, as amended, we have the ability to borrow the lesser of $75 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base under a senior secured revolving credit facility. The WF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017 so long as an amount sufficient to repay the 3.50% notes is available for borrowing under the WF credit agreement or is deposited in a WF controlled account prior to August 16, 2015. Otherwise, the WF credit agreement matures on August 16, 2015. Quarterly, we are required to pay a .375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility.

There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and reporting covenants. We have letters of credit totaling $1 million, reducing the maximum amount available to borrow by this amount at March 31, 2015.

The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. The base rate is defined in the WF credit agreement.

The WF credit agreement contains customary covenants, including cross-default provisions, as well as financial covenants. Average liquidity must exceed $15 million each month. The fixed charge coverage ratio is required to be greater than 1.2 for the 12 month period ending on the last day of any month in which the covenant is applicable. This covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5 million at any time during the month and was not applicable in fiscal 2015. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits and Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain liquidity of at least $20 million at all times. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity and liquidity are defined in the WF credit agreement and/or amendments. Certain schedules in the compliance certificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $5 million; otherwise they are to be filed quarterly.

As of March 31, 2015, and during fiscal 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants and had no outstanding balance on the line of credit.

Debt Maturities

A summary of the scheduled maturities for our outstanding debt as of March 31, 2015 follows (in thousands):

	Debt Maturity
Fiscal 2016	$	83,735
Fiscal 2017	—
Fiscal 2018	70,000
Total as of March 31, 2015	$	153,735

61

NOTE 8: RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

The following summarizes the type of restructuring expense for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Restructuring expense related to cost of revenue	$	—	$	539	$	—
Restructuring expense in operating expense	1,666		10,675		10,171
	$	1,666	$	11,214	$	10,171

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Severance and benefits	$	406	$	6,139	$	8,251
Facilities	1,250		4,303		1,920
Other	10		772		—
	$	1,666	$	11,214	$	10,171

Fiscal 2015

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 were primarily due to facilities costs of $1.3 million as a result of further consolidating our facilities in the U.S.

Fiscal 2014

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to strategic management decisions to outsource our manufacturing operations and further consolidate repair and service activities, inclusive of exiting manufacturing facilities. In addition, we had additional consolidation in research and development, sales and marketing and administrative activities and teams to align our workforce with our continuing operations plans. Severance and benefits charges of $6.1 million in fiscal 2014 were attributable to positions eliminated worldwide, with the majority of positions eliminated in the U.S. Facility restructuring charges of $4.3 million in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for the vacated portion of our manufacturing facility in the U.S, reduced by estimated future sublease amounts. Other restructuring charges of $0.8 million were primarily due to charges related to cost of sales as a result of our manufacturing outsource decision.

Fiscal 2013

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2013 were primarily due to severance and benefits expenses of $8.3 million for positions eliminated in both the U.S. and internationally across most functions of the business. Facility restructuring charges for fiscal 2013 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for a vacant facility in the U.S.

62

The following tables show the activity and the estimated timing of future payouts for accrued restructuring (in thousands):

	Severance and benefits			Facilities			Other			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2012	$	1,312		$	440		$	—		$	1,752
Restructuring costs	8,815			1,920			—			10,735
Restructuring charge reversal	(564		)	—			—			(564		)
Cash payments	(6,852		)	(315		)	—			(7,167		)
Balance as of March 31, 2013	2,711			2,045			—			4,756
Restructuring costs	7,522			4,392			772			12,686
Restructuring charge reversal	(1,383		)	(89		)	—			(1,472		)
Cash payments	(7,276		)	(607		)	(702		)	(8,585		)
Other non-cash	—			983			—			983
Balance as of March 31, 2014	1,574			6,724			70			8,368
Restructuring costs	749			1,680			13			2,442
Restructuring charge reversal	(343		)	(430		)	(3		)	(776		)
Cash payments	(1,791		)	(3,617		)	(80		)	(5,488		)
Other non-cash	—			300			—			300
Balance as of March 31, 2015	$	189		$	4,657		$	—		$	4,846

Estimated timing of future payouts:	Severance and benefits		Facilities		Total
Fiscal 2016	$	75	$	3,780	$	3,855
Fiscal 2017 to 2021	114		877		991
	$	189	$	4,657	$	4,846

Facility restructuring accruals will be paid in accordance with the respective facility lease terms and amounts above are net of estimated sublease amounts.

NOTE 9: STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Description of Stock Incentive Plans

2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan

We have a stockholder approved 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) which had 34.3 million shares authorized at March 31, 2015. There were 12.9 million shares available for grant and 18.7 million stock options and restricted shares that were outstanding under the Plan as of March 31, 2015, which expire at various times through April 2018.

Stock options under the Plan are granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value. The majority of restricted stock units granted to employees vest over three to four years. Stock option and restricted stock grants to nonemployee directors typically vest over one year. Both stock options and restricted stock units granted under the Plan are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates.

Other Stock Incentive Plans

In addition to the Plan, we have other stock incentive plans which are inactive for future share grant purposes, including plans assumed in acquisitions, under which stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted stock awards and long-term performance awards to employees, consultants, officers and affiliates were authorized (“Other Plans”).

63

Stock options granted and assumed under the Other Plans generally vest over one to four years and expire seven to ten years after the grant date, and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans generally vests over one to four years. The Other Plans have been terminated, and outstanding stock options and restricted stock units granted and assumed remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the respective Other Plan. Stock options and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates. Stock options under the Other Plans were granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value, and stock options assumed were governed by the respective acquisition agreement. Stock options under the Other Plans expire at various times through June 2021.

Stock Purchase Plan

We have an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”) that allows for the purchase of stock at a 15% discount to fair market value at the date of grant or the exercise date, whichever value is less. The Purchase Plan is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Purchase Plan is 64.3 million shares. As of March 31, 2015, 58.7 million shares had been issued. Under the Purchase Plan, rights to purchase shares are granted during the second and fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The Purchase Plan allows a maximum amount of two million shares to be purchased in any six month offering period. Employees purchased 2.8 million shares, 3.2 million shares and 3.8 million shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The weighted-average price of stock purchased under the Purchase Plan was $1.04, $1.07 and $1.17 in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There were 5.6 million shares available for issuance as of March 31, 2015.

Determining Fair Value

We use the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model for estimating fair value of stock options granted under our plans and rights to acquire stock granted under our Purchase Plan. We amortize the fair value of stock options on a ratable basis over the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods. The expected life of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. We determine the expected life based on historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, exercise patterns and post-vesting forfeitures. We estimate volatility based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the most recent period corresponding with the estimated expected life of the award. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent term equal to the expected life of the award. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We use historical data to estimate forfeitures and record share-based compensation for those awards that are expected to vest. We adjust share-based compensation for actual forfeitures.

We granted 0.8 million RSUs with market conditions (“market RSUs”) in fiscal 2014 and estimated the fair value of these market RSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The number of market RSUs is dependent on Quantum’s common stock achieving certain 60-day average stock price targets as of specified dates, which vest immediately to two years after the specified dates. The Monte Carlo model requires the input of assumptions including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term in order to simulate a large number of possible outcomes to provide an estimated fair value of the market RSUs. We used an expected volatility of 66%, a risk free interest rate of 0.5% and expected terms of ten months, twenty-two months and thirty-four months that mirrors the various vesting dates of the awards. The estimated grant date fair value of the market RSUs was $0.7 million which will be recognized over the respective vesting periods of the awards.

We granted 2.4 million and 0.2 million of RSUs with performance conditions (“performance RSUs”) in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively, and the fair values of the performance RSUs at the grant date were $3.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Performance RSUs become eligible for vesting based on Quantum achieving certain revenue and operating income targets through the end of the fiscal year when the performance RSUs were granted. Share-based compensation expense for performance RSUs is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. The revenue and operating income targets of the fiscal 2015 performance RSUs were achieved and $0.4 million of share-based compensation expense was recognized during fiscal 2015. The performance RSUs granted in fiscal 2014 were canceled in accordance with the grant agreement as the revenue and operating income targets of fiscal 2014 were not met; and, therefore no share-based compensation expense was recognized.

Stock Options

No stock options were granted in fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013.

Restricted Stock

The fair value of our restricted stock is the intrinsic value as of the grant date.

64

Stock Purchase Plan

The weighted-average fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values during each fiscal period are as follows:

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Option life (in years)	0.5			0.5			0.5
Risk-free interest rate	0.07		%	0.07		%	0.13		%
Stock price volatility	36.58		%	43.71		%	69.73		%
Weighted-average grant date fair value	$	0.36		$	0.40		$	0.48

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The following tables summarize share-based compensation expense (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Share-based compensation expense:
Cost of revenue	$	1,489	$	1,963	$	2,389
Research and development	2,559		3,430		3,665
Sales and marketing	3,506		4,097		4,699
General and administrative	4,029		3,969		4,386
Total share-based compensation expense	$	11,583	$	13,459	$	15,139

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Share-based compensation by type of award:
Stock options	$	617	$	826	$	1,681
Restricted stock	10,102		11,356		11,630
Stock purchase plan	864		1,277		1,828
Total share-based compensation expense	$	11,583	$	13,459	$	15,139

The total share-based compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 was not material. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, no tax benefit was realized for the tax deduction from stock option exercises and other awards due to tax benefit carryforwards and tax ordering requirements.

As of March 31, 2015, there was less than $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted under our plans. This unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than one year. Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. We settle stock option exercises by issuing additional common shares.

As of March 31, 2015, there was $12.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock.The unrecognized compensation cost for restricted stock is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. Total fair value of awards vested during the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $7.7 million, $6.2 million and $7.4 million, respectively, based on the fair value of our common stock on the award's vest date. We issue additional common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units.

65

Stock Activity

Stock Options

A summary of activity relating to all of our stock option plans is as follows (stock options and intrinsic value in thousands):

	Stock Options		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of March 31, 2014	7,997		$	1.78
Exercised	(866	)	0.97
Forfeited	(117	)	2.14
Expired	(2,070	)	2.83
Outstanding as of March 31, 2015	4,944		$	1.47	1.72	$	2,039
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2015	4,944		$	1.47	1.72	$	2,039
Exercisable as of March 31, 2015	4,916		$	1.46	1.71	$	2,039

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2015 (stock options in thousands):

Range of Exercise Prices			Stock Options Outstanding	Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Stock Options Exercisable	Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$0.11	—	$0.63	52	$	0.49	3.20	52	$	0.49
$0.77	—	$0.98	3,019	0.98		1.25	3,019	0.98
$1.00	—	$1.35	233	1.15		1.26	233	1.15
$1.61	—	$2.17	204	1.80		0.43	204	1.80
$2.52	—	$2.93	1,436	2.53		2.90	1,408	2.53
			4,944	$	1.47	1.72	4,916	$	1.46

Expiration dates ranged from April 2015 to June 2021 for stock options outstanding at March 31, 2015. Prices for stock options exercised during the three-year period ended March 31, 2015, ranged from $0.11 to $2.08.

Restricted Stock

A summary of activity relating to our restricted stock follows (shares in thousands):

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested as March 31, 2014	12,108		$	1.80
Granted	10,348		1.24
Vested	(6,013	)	2.10
Forfeited	(2,652	)	1.35
Nonvested as March 31, 2015	13,791		$	1.34

NOTE 10: 401K PLAN

Substantially all of the U.S. employees are eligible to make contributions to our 401(k) savings and investment plan. We typically make discretionary contributions to the plan by matching a percentage of our employees’ contributions. Employer contributions were $2.4 million, $2.6 million and $2.8 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

66

NOTE 11: INCOME TAXES

Pre-tax income (loss) reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
U.S	$	13,507	$	(22,549	)	$	(52,940	)
Foreign	3,971		2,292			1,922
	$	17,478	$	(20,257	)	$	(51,018	)

Income tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014		2013
Federal:	$	(138	)	$	—	$	—
State:
Current	125			76		231
Foreign:
Current	890			1,096		1,090
Deferred	(159		)	45		(160		)
Total foreign	731			1,141		930
Income tax provision	$	718		$	1,217	$	1,161

The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate	$	6,117		$	(7,090	)	$	(17,856	)
State taxes	125			76			300
Unbenefited (benefited) losses and credits	(4,727		)	7,974			18,715
Contingent tax reserves	103			460			(130		)
Foreign rate differential	(778		)	(218		)	120
Other	(122		)	15			12
	$	718		$	1,217		$	1,161

67

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015			2014
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation method	$	1,588		$	1,742
Accrued warranty expense	1,624			2,336
Distribution reserves	4,283			1,950
Loss carryforwards	75,262			81,012
Tax credits	185,578			191,372
Restructuring charge accruals	1,866			3,191
Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes	34,490			32,465
	304,691			314,068
Less valuation allowance	(252,475		)	(261,337		)
Deferred tax asset	$	52,216		$	52,731
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation	$	(4,302	)	$	(3,570	)
Acquired intangibles	(4,920		)	(2,794		)
Tax on unremitted foreign earnings	(15,968		)	(17,245		)
Other	(26,093		)	(28,330		)
Deferred tax liability	$	(51,283	)	$	(51,939	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	933		$	792

The valuation allowance decreased $8.9 million and $8.0 million in fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively, and increased $17.0 million in fiscal year 2013. The decrease in the valuation allowance during fiscal year 2015 was primarily due to NOL usage and expiring tax credits.

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
Beginning balance	$	32,449	$	32,549		$	32,744
Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements	—		(488		)	(60		)
Lapse of statute of limitations	—		—			(135		)
Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period	—		388			—
Ending balance	$	32,449	$	32,449		$	32,549

During fiscal 2015, excluding interest and penalties, there was no change in our unrecognized tax benefits. Including interest and penalties, the total unrecognized tax benefit at March 31, 2015 was $33.5 million, all of which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate. At March 31, 2015 accrued interest and penalties totaled $1.1 million. Our practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, were recorded in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We file our tax returns as prescribed by the laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our U.S. tax returns have been audited for years through 2002 by the Internal Revenue Service. In other major jurisdictions, we are generally open to examination for the most recent three to five fiscal years. Although timing of the resolution and closure on audits is highly uncertain, we do not believe it is likely that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.

68

As of March 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards of approximately $259.3 million and $140.0 million, respectively. Our federal net operating loss carryforwards include $33.6 million attributable to excess tax deductions from stock option exercises, and are not included in the deferred tax assets shown above. The benefit of these loss carryforwards will be credited to equity when realized. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning in fiscal 2016 if not previously utilized, the utilization of which is limited under the tax law ownership change provision. These carryforwards include $11.1 million of acquired net operating losses and $10.7 million of credits.

Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should the company undergo such a change in stock ownership, it could severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.

Due to our history of net losses and the difficulty in predicting future results, we believe that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Our income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent that sufficient positive evidence materializes to support a reversal of, or decrease in, our valuation allowance.

NOTE 12: NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Equity Instruments Outstanding

We have stock options and restricted stock units granted under various stock incentive plans that, upon exercise and vesting, respectively, would increase shares outstanding. We have 4.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $1.65 per share. We also have 3.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $4.33 per share. Both the 4.50% and the 3.50% notes, if converted, would increase shares outstanding.

In June 2009, we issued a warrant to EMC Corporation to purchase 10 million shares of our common stock at a $0.38 per share exercise price. Only in the event of a change of control of Quantum will this warrant vest and be exercisable. The warrant expires seven years from the date of issuance or three years after change of control, whichever occurs first. Due to these terms, no share-based compensation expense related to this warrant has been recorded to date.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per-share data):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	16,760	$	(21,474	)	$	(52,179	)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares:
Basic	254,665		247,024			239,855
Dilutive shares from stock plans	5,362		—			—
Diluted	260,027		247,024			239,855
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.07	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.22	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	0.06		(0.09		)	(0.22		)

69

Dilutive and potentially dilutive common shares from stock incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding options and the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units. The dilutive impact related to our convertible subordinated notes is determined by applying the if-converted method, which includes adding the related weighted average shares to the denominator and the related interest expense to net income.

The computations of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented exclude the following because the effect would have been anti-dilutive:

• For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were 29.0 million, 31.1 million and 31.2 million, respectively, of weighted average shares related to the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes that were excluded. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, $5.3 million, $5.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of related interest expense was excluded.

• For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were 42.5 million, 42.5 million and 17.6 million, respectively, of weighted average shares related to the 4.50% of convertible subordinated notes that were excluded. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, $3.6 million, $3.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of related interest expense was excluded.

• Stock options to purchase 2.4 million, 12.8 million and 17.3 million weighted average shares in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were excluded.

• Unvested restricted stock units of less than 0.1 million, 11.0 million, and 10.1 million weighted average shares for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were excluded.

NOTE 13: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements and also have equipment leases for various types of office equipment. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses. These leases are operating leases.

In February 2006, we leased a campus facility in Colorado Springs, Colorado, comprised of three buildings in three separate operating leases with initial terms of five, seven and 15 years. In August 2010, we negotiated lower lease rates and a five year extension on one of the buildings. In March 2015, we entered into a sublease agreement to sublease a portion of one of the buildings. The future minimum lease payment schedule below includes $18.8 million of lease payments and $4.9 million of sublease rental income for this Colorado Springs campus.

Rent expense was $7.0 million in fiscal 2015, $10.3 million in fiscal 2014 and $11.3 million in fiscal 2013. Sublease income was immaterial in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income are as follows (in thousands):

	Lease Payments		Sublease Rental Income			Total
For the year ending March 31,
2016	$	9,107	$	(587	)	$	8,520
2017	6,610		(959		)	5,651
2018	6,124		(936		)	5,188
2019	5,523		(909		)	4,614
2020	4,032		(943		)	3,089
Thereafter	4,459		(813		)	3,646
	$	35,855	$	(5,147	)	$	30,708

Commitments to Purchase Inventory

We use contract manufacturers for our manufacturing operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the third party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2015, we had issued non-cancelable commitments for $46.0 million to purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers and suppliers.

70

Legal Proceedings

On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that we have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of disk array products, and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. We believe the probability that we will pay material damages related to this lawsuit is remote.

On September 23, 2014, we filed a lawsuit against Crossroads in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging patent infringement of our patent 6,766,412  by Crossroad’s StrongBox VSeries Library Solution product. We are seeking injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages. On December 4, 2014, we amended our complaint alleging infringement of a second patent, 5,940,849, related to Crossroad's SPHiNX product line. On December 16, 2014, we withdrew the amended complaint alleging infringement of the second patent, 5,940,849.

Indemnifications

We have certain financial guarantees, both express and implied, related to product liability and potential infringement of intellectual property. Other than certain product liabilities recorded as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not record a liability associated with these guarantees, as we have little or no history of costs associated with such indemnification requirements. Contingent liabilities associated with product liability may be mitigated by insurance coverage that we maintain.

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions of our services and products, we indemnify certain parties with respect to certain matters. We have agreed to hold certain parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or out of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors, and our bylaws contain similar indemnification obligations to our agents.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of our indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by us under these agreements have not had a material impact on our operating results, financial position or cash flows.

NOTE 14: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The company operates in one reportable segment.

Revenue, attributed to regions based on the location of customers, and long-lived assets, comprised of property and equipment, by region were as follows (in thousands):

	As of and for the year ended March 31,
	2015				2014				2013
	Long- Lived Assets		Revenue		Long- Lived Assets		Revenue		Long-Lived Assets		Revenue
Americas	$	14,063	$	340,811	$	16,759	$	359,259	$	20,182	$	378,514
Europe	421		152,186		524		143,508		756		151,676
Asia Pacific	169		60,098		291		50,398		518		57,249
	$	14,653	$	553,095	$	17,574	$	553,165	$	21,456	$	587,439

71

Revenue for Americas regions outside of the United States is immaterial. Following are revenues attributable to each of our product groups, services and royalties (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Tape automation systems	$	152,205	$	174,438	$	206,112
Disk backup systems*	54,845		50,217		74,255
Devices and media	62,642		70,680		68,724
Scale-out storage solutions*	85,887		52,983		49,819
Service	155,674		147,199		144,037
Royalty	41,842		57,648		44,492
Total revenue	$	553,095	$	553,165	$	587,439

*Revenue from disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions was previously included in a caption entitled disk systems and software solutions. Previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

NOTE 15: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

	For the year ended March 31, 2015
(In thousands, except per share data)	1st Quarter			2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Revenue	$	128,128		$	135,106	$	142,063	$	147,798
Gross margin	55,526			61,929		65,067		62,164
Net income (loss)	(4,324		)	1,248		6,931		12,905
Basic net income (loss) per share	(0.02		)	0.00		0.03		0.05
Diluted net income (loss) per share	(0.02		)	0.00		0.03		0.04

	For the year ended March 31, 2014
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter			3rd Quarter			4th Quarter
Revenue	$	147,849	$	131,479		$	145,869		$	127,968
Gross margin	69,835		56,392			61,373			52,020
Net income (loss)	3,281		(7,893		)	(2,458		)	(14,404		)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share	0.01		(0.03		)	(0.01		)	(0.06		)

72

SCHEDULE II

CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

	Balance at beginning of period		Net additions (releases) charged to expense			Deductions (i)			Balance at end of period
For the year ended:
March 31, 2015	$	88	$	40		$	(101	)	$	27
March 31, 2014	62		(39		)	65			88
March 31, 2013	217		3			(158		)	62

____________________

(i)       Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K are certifications of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), which are required pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes information concerning the controls and controls evaluation referenced in the certifications. This section of the Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the certifications and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as described below for a more complete understanding of the matters presented.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This control evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC. Disclosure controls are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based on the controls evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our disclosure controls were effective.

73

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015 based on the criteria for effective control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on the results of our evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2015 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report regarding its assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, as set forth at the beginning of Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additional controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item with respect to our directors, audit committee and audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. For information pertaining to our executive officers, refer to the section captioned “Executive Officers & Management Team”, Item 1 "Business" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer and all members of our finance department, including the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethics is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is: http://www.quantum.com, and the code of ethics may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Corporate Governance.” Copies of the code are available free upon request by a stockholder.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above.

We have adopted Corporate Governance Principles, which are available on our website at http://www.quantum.com, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate

74

Governance.” Copies of our Corporate Governance Principles are available free upon request by a stockholder. The charters of our Audit Committee, Leadership and Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are also available on our website at http://www.quantum.com, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate Governance.” Copies of these committee charters are available free upon request by a stockholder.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following discloses our equity compensation plan information (securities in thousands):

	As of March 31, 2015
	(a) Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding stock options, warrants and rights	Weighted- average exercise price of outstanding stock options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for grant under equity compensation plans (excluding shares reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)	18,698	$	0.31	12,935
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders (2), (3)	36	$	0.76	—
	18,734	$	0.31	12,935

____________________

(1) Included in the stockholder approved plans are 13.8 million restricted stock units with a zero purchase price. The weighted average exercise price of outstanding stock options for stockholder approved plans is $1.47.

(2) Advanced Digital Information Corporation’s 1999 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan was assumed by Quantum on August 22, 2006 according to the terms detailed in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 2, 2006 (“Merger Agreement”). Outstanding stock options granted under this plan continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of this plan; however, the number of stock options and exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were changed in accordance with the formula in the Merger Agreement for the right to purchase Quantum common stock.

(3) The Pancetera 2008 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan was assumed by Quantum on June 13, 2011 according to the terms detailed in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 13, 2011 (“Pancetera Merger Agreement”). Outstanding stock options and restricted shares granted under this plan continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of this plan; however, the number of stock options and restricted shares and exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were changed in accordance with the formula in the Pancetera Merger Agreement for the right to purchase Quantum common stock.

We also have an employee stock purchase plan with 5.6 million shares available for issuance that has been approved by stockholders.

The remaining information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

75

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2015.

76

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Upon written request, we will provide, without charge, a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the Consolidated Financial Statements, financial statement schedules and any exhibits for our most recent fiscal year. All requests should be sent to:

Investor Relations

Quantum Corporation

Brinlea Johnson or Allise Furlani

Investor Relations

The Blueshirt Group

(212) 331-8424 or (212) 331-8433

ir@quantum.com

(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Report:

1. Financial Statements—Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2. Financial Statement Schedules — Our consolidated valuation and qualifying accounts (Schedule II) financial statement schedule is listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes hereto.

(b) Exhibits

77

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit(s)	Filing Date
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Registrant, Pancetera Software, Inc., Quarry Acquisition Corporation and Henrik Rosendahl as the stockholder representative, dated June 13, 2011.	10-Q	001-13449	10.8	August 9, 2011
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.	8-K	001-13449	3.1	August 16, 2007
3.2	Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant, as amended.	8-K	001-13449	3.1	December 5, 2008
3.3	Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock.	S-3	333-109587	4.7	October 9, 2003
3.4	Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on January 20, 2010.	8-K	001-13449	3.1	January 26, 2010
4.1	Indenture for 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated November 15, 2010, including the form of 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2015.	8-K	001-13449	4.1	November 15, 2010
4.2	Indenture for 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated October 31, 2012, including the form of 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2017.	8-K	001-13449	4.1	October 31, 2012
10.1	Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and the Named Executive Officers and Directors. *	8-K	001-13449	10.4	April 4, 2007
10.2	Chief Executive Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *	8-K	001-13449	10.3	April 5, 2011
10.3	Form of Officer Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and each of Registrant’s Executive Officers (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). *	8-K	001-13449	10.5	April 5, 2011
10.4	Form of Amended and Restated Director Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and the Directors (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). *	8-K	001-13449	10.2	May 10, 2011
10.5	Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended.*	8-K	001-13449	10.1	September 9, 2014
10.6	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *	10-Q/A	001-13449	10.2	February 15, 2013
10.7	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *	10-Q/A	001-13449	10.3	February 15, 2013
10.8	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Directors), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. *	10-Q/A	001-13449	10.4	February 15, 2013
10.9	Quantum Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. *‡
10.10	Quantum Corporation Executive Officer Incentive Plan. *‡

78

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit(s)	Filing Date
10.11	Advanced Digital Information Corporation Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. *	S-8	001-13449	4.4	August 25, 2006
10.12	Employment Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011, between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *	8-K	001-13449	10.1	April 5, 2011
10.13	Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. *	10-Q	001-13449	10.1	February 8, 2013
10.14	Employment Offer Letter, dated August 31, 2006, between Registrant and William C. Britts. *	8-K	001-13449	10.1	September 7, 2006
10.15	Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. *	10-Q	001-13449	10.6	November 7, 2008
10.16	Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. *	10-Q	001-13449	10.3	February 5, 2010
10.17	Offer Letter of Mr. David A. Krall, dated August 11, 2011. *	8-K	001-13449	10.1	August 22, 2011
10.18	Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2011, between Registrant and David E. Roberson. *	8-K	001-13449	10.1	May 10, 2011
10.19	Offer Letter, dated August 20, 2007, between Registrant and Paul Auvil. *	8-K	001-13449	10.1	August 29, 2007
10.20	Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Mr. Philip Black.*	10-Q	001-13449	10.2	November 12, 2013
10.21	Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Louis DiNardo.*	10-Q	001-13449	10.3	November 12, 2013
10.22	Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Gregg J. Powers.*	10-Q	001-13449	10.4	November 12, 2013
10.23	Offer Letter, dated August 29, 2014, between Registrant and Dale L. Fuller.*‡
10.24	Offer Letter, dated May 1, 2015, between Registrant and Robert J. Andersen.*‡
10.25	Form of Agreement to Advance Legal Fees between the Registrant and certain of its Executive Officers.*‡
10.26	Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto.	10-K	001-13449	10.22	June 14, 2012
10.27	Security Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, among the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC.	8-K	001-13449	10.2	April 2, 2012
10.28	First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 28, 2012, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders.	8-K	001-13449	10.1	June 28, 2012
10.29	Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders.	8-K	001-13449	10.1	February 6, 2013
10.30	Consent and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 6, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation	8-K	001-13449	10.1	April 29, 2014

79

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit(s)	Filing Date
10.31	Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Second Amendment to Security Agreement, dated April 24, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation.	8-K	001-13449	10.2	April 29, 2014
10.32	Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Real Property, dated as November 18, 2005, among Registrant, SELCO Service Corporation and CS/Federal Drive LLC, as amended by Amendments 1 through 6.	8-K	001-13449	10.1	February 10, 2006
10.33	Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building A).	8-K	001-13449	10.2	February 10, 2006
10.34	Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B).	8-K	001-13449	10.3	February 10, 2006
10.35	First Amendment dated August 1, 2010 to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B). ‡
10.36	Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C).	8-K	001-13449	10.4	February 10, 2006
10.37	First Amendment dated August 1, 2010 to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C). ‡
10.38	Patent Cross License Agreement, dated February 27, 2006, between Registrant and Storage Technology Corporation.	8-K	001-13449	10.1	March 3, 2006
10.39	Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation.	8-K	001-13449	10.1	June 9, 2009
10.40	First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation.	8-K	001-13449	10.1	June 23, 2009
10.41	Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Registrant, Starboard Value LP, and certain of its affiliates.	8-K	001-13449	10.1	May 14, 2013
10.42	Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2014, by and among Registrant and Starboard Value L.P. and certain of its affiliates	8-K	001-13449	10.1	July 29, 2014
12.1	Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. ‡
21	Quantum Subsidiaries. ‡
23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. ‡
24	Power of Attorney (see signature page).
31.1	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡
31.2	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document. ††

80

101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. ††
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. ††
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. ††
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. ††
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. ††

*	Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
‡	Filed herewith.
†	Furnished herewith.
††	XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed herewith, is not a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

81

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

QUANTUM CORPORATION
/s/ LINDA M. BREARD
Linda M. Breard
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
Date:	June 12, 2015

82

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jon W. Gacek and Linda M. Breard, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on June 12, 2015.

Signature	Title
/s/ JON W. GACEK	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Jon W. Gacek	(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ LINDA M. BREARD	Chief Financial Officer
Linda M. Breard	(Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
/s/ ROBERT J. ANDERSEN	Director
Robert J. Andersen
/s/ PAUL R. AUVIL III	Director
Paul R. Auvil III
/s/ PHILIP BLACK	Director
Philip Black
/s/ LOUIS DINARDO	Director
Louis DiNardo
/s/ DALE L. FULLER	Director
Dale L. Fuller
/s/ DAVID A. KRALL	Director
David A. Krall
/s/ GREGG J. POWERS	Director
Gregg J. Powers
/s/ DAVID E. ROBERSON	Director
David E. Roberson

83

EX-10.09

Exhibit 10.9

QUANTUM CORPORATION

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated September 9, 2014)

The following constitute the provisions of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (herein called the “Plan”) of Quantum Corporation (herein called the “Company”).

1.    Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide Employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions or other contributions. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the Code, although the Company makes no undertaking or representation to maintain such qualification. The provisions of the Plan shall, accordingly, be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of that section of the Code. In addition, this Plan document authorizes the purchase of Common Stock under a Non-423(b) Component, pursuant to rules, procedures or sub-plans adopted by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board and designed to achieve tax, securities law or other objectives.

2.    Definitions.

(a)    “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b)    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(c)    “Code Section 423(b) Plan” shall mean an employee stock purchase plan which is designed to meet the requirements set forth in Section 423(b) of the Code, as amended. The provisions of the Code Section 423(b) Plan should be construed, administered and enforced in accordance with Section 423(b) of the Code.

(d)    “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company.

(e)    “Company” shall mean Quantum Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(f)    “Compensation” shall mean all regular straight time earnings, payments for overtime, shift premium, incentive compensation, incentive payments, bonuses and commissions (except to the extent that the exclusion of any such items for all participants is specifically directed by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board). The Board or a committee appointed by the Board shall have the power and discretion to (i) change the definition of Compensation for future Offering Periods, and (ii) determine what constitutes Compensation for Employees outside of the United States.

(g)    “Continuous Status as an Employee” shall mean the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee. Continuous Status as an Employee shall not be considered interrupted in the case of: (i) a leave of absence agreed to in writing by the Company, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than three (3) months or re-employment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute; or (ii) notification by the Company of termination under a reduction-in-force. Termination of participation in the Plan in the case of a reduction-in-force shall be considered to have occurred upon the earlier of (x) the end of the employee’s continuation period, or (y) the first (1^st) day after the three (3) month period immediately following the cessation of his or her employment services with the Company, provided, in each case, that he or she will not be entitled to participate in any Offering Period for which the Enrollment Date occurs after the cessation of his or her employment services with the Company.

(h)    “Designated Subsidiaries” shall mean the Subsidiaries which have been designated by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(i)    “Employee” shall mean any person, including an officer, who is employed by the Company or one of its Designated Subsidiaries. The Board or a committee appointed by the Board, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date, determine (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis

Exhibit 10.9

or as otherwise permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.423‑2(f)) that the definition of Employee under the Plan or with respect to an Offering will or will not include an individual if he or she: (i) has not completed at least two (2) years of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board in its discretion), (ii) customarily works not more than twenty (20) hours per week or not more than five (5) months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board in its discretion), or (iii) is a highly compensated employee under Section 414(q) of the Code.

(j)    “Enrollment Date” shall mean the first Trading Day on or after every February 6 and August 6 of each year.

(k)    “Exercise Date” shall mean the date approximately six months after the Enrollment Date of an Offering Period and shall be one Trading Day prior to an Enrollment Date of the immediately following Offering Period.

(l)    “Fair Market Value” shall mean, as of any date, the closing sales price of the Common Stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the stock exchange with the greatest volume of trading in Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or a committee appointed by the Board deems reliable.

(m)    “New Exercise Date” shall mean a new Exercise Date if the Board or a committee appointed by the Board shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

(n)    “Non-423(b) Component” shall mean the grant of an option under the Plan which is not intended to meet the requirements set forth in Section 423(b) of the Code, as amended.

(o)    “Offering” shall mean an offer of an option under the Plan that may be exercised during an Offering Period. For purposes of the Plan, the Board or a committee appointed by the Board may designate separate Offerings under the Plan in which Employees of one or more employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will apply separately to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.432‑2(a)(1), the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy Treasury Regulation Sections 1.423‑2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

(p)    “Offering Period” shall mean a period commencing on an Enrollment Date and ending on the Exercise Date, approximately six (6) months later, or as otherwise set forth in Section 4 hereof.

(q)    “Parent” shall mean a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r)    “Plan” shall mean this Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which includes a Code Section 423(b) Plan and a Non-423(b) Component.

(s)    “Purchase Price” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 7(b).

(t)    “Subsidiary” shall mean a corporation, domestic or foreign, of which not less than 50% of the voting shares are held by the Company or a Subsidiary, whether or not such corporation now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary.

(u)    “Trading Day” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

3.    Eligibility

(a)    Any Employee (as defined in Section 2) who shall be employed by the Company or one of its Designated Subsidiaries on the date his or her participation in the Plan is effective shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, unless the Company, in its discretion, decides that such participation would infringe any U.S. or foreign law, rules or regulations.

(b)    Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan (i) if, immediately, after the grant, such Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own shares and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, or (ii) which permits his or her rights to purchase shares under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of

Exhibit 10.9

the Code) of the Company and its Subsidiaries to accrue at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars (US$25,000) of the fair market value of the shares (determined at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.

(c)    No employee of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary shall be eligible to participate in the Non-423(b) Component of the Plan if he or she is an officer or director of the Company subject to the requirements of Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Act”).

(d)    Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the U.S. or resident aliens of the U.S. (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Code Section 423. In the case of the Non-423 Component, Employees may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Board or a committee appointed by the Board has determined that participation of such Employees is not advisable or practicable.

4.    Offering Dates. The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on an Enrollment Date, and shall continue thereafter until terminated in accordance with Section 19 hereof. The Board or a committee appointed by the Board shall have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods with respect to future Offerings. In no event shall the duration of an Offering Period exceed nine (9) months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no offers hereunder shall be made until compliance with all applicable securities law has been obtained.

5.    Participation.

(a)    An eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by completing a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the form and manner determined by the Company in its discretion from time to time. The Company, in its discretion, may decide that all participants in a specified Offering may submit contributions to the Plan by means other than payroll deductions.

(b)    Payroll deductions to the Plan for a participant shall commence on the first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll date in the Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10. If participants are permitted or required to contribute to the Plan by other means, the Company, in its discretion, will determine the procedure for providing the contributions prior to the Exercise Date.

6.    Payroll Deductions/Contributions.

(a)    At the time a participant files his or her subscription agreement, he or she shall elect to contribute to the Plan (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise) on each payday during the Offering Period at a rate not exceeding ten percent (10%) of the Compensation which he or she received on such payday, and the aggregate of such payroll deductions pursuant to the Plan during the Offering Period shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of his or her aggregate Compensation during said Offering Period. A participant’s subscription agreement shall remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b)    All contributions made for a participant shall be credited to his or her account under the Plan.

(c)    A participant may discontinue participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10, or may change the rate of payroll deductions or other contributions by submitting written notice to the Company in the form and manner prescribed by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board (or its designee) authorizing a change in the participant’s payroll deduction or contribution rate. The change rate shall be effective (i) in the case of a decrease in rate, with the first payroll period following the Company’s receipt of the notice of rate change, and (ii) in the case of an increase in rate at the beginning of the next Offering Period following the Company’s receipt of the notice of rate change. If a participant has not followed the procedures prescribed by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board (or its designee) to change the rate of payroll deductions or other contributions, the rate of his or her payroll deductions or other contributions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Offering Period and future Offering Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 10). The Board or a committee appointed by the Board may, in its sole discretion, limit the nature and/or number of payroll deduction or contribution rate changes that may be made by participants during any Offering Period.

7.    Grant of Option.

Exhibit 10.9

(a)    On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted an option to purchase on the Exercise Date during such Offering Period up to a number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock determined by dividing such Employee’s contributions to the Plan accumulated during the Offering Period ending on such Exercise Date by the lower of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock on the Enrollment Date, or (ii) eighty-five (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock on the Exercise Date; provided that in no event shall an Employee be permitted to purchase in one calendar year more than a number of shares determined by dividing US$25,000 by the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock (determined at the time such option is granted), and provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 12 hereof. The option shall be automatically exercised on the Exercise Date during the Offering Period, unless the participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 10, and shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

(b)    The purchase price per share of the shares offered in a given Offering Period shall be the lower of: (i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock of the Company on the Enrollment Date; or (ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock of the Company on the Exercise Date (such price, the “Purchase Price”).

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) herein, a participant’s contributions may be decreased to 0% at such time during any Offering Period which is scheduled to end during the current calendar year that the aggregate of all contributions accumulated with respect to such Offering Period and any other Offering Period ending within the same calendar year equal $21,250. Contributions shall recommence at the rate provided in such participant’s subscription scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10.

(d)    If the Board or a committee appointed by the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that the exercise of an option or the disposition of Common Stock issued under the Plan will result in tax liability for which the Company or a Designated Subsidiary will have an obligation to withhold, the participant must make adequate provision for the payment of such federal, state, local and foreign income, social insurance, employment and any other applicable taxes. At any time, the Company or the Designated Subsidiary may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Designated Subsidiary to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Designated Subsidiary any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the eligible Employee.

8.    Exercise of Option. The participant’s option for the purchase of shares will be exercised automatically on each Exercise Date of each Offering Period and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions or other contributions in his or her account unless prior to such Exercise Date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 or unless any of the limitations under Sections 3, 7 or 12 would be exceeded. During a participant’s lifetime, a participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by the participant. No fractional shares shall be purchased; any payroll deductions or other contributions accumulated in a participant’s account which are not sufficient to purchase a full share, or which would cause the limitations under Sections 3, 7 or 12 hereof to be exceeded, shall be returned to the participant after the Exercise Date.

9.    Delivery. As promptly as practicable after each Exercise Date, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each participant, as appropriate, the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the option. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or to a designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares. No participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the participant as provided in this Section 9.

10.    Withdrawal; Termination of Employment.

(a)    A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the contributions credited to his or her account under the Plan at any time prior to the end of the Offering Period by giving written notice to the Company in the form and manner prescribed by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board for such purpose. All of the participant’s contributions credited to his or her account will be paid to him or her promptly after receipt of his or her notice of withdrawal and his or her option for the current Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further contributions for the purchase of shares will be made during the Offering Period. If a participant withdraws from an Offering Period, contributions may not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period unless the participant delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

Exhibit 10.9

(b)    Upon termination of the participant’s employment prior to the end of the Offering Period for any reason, including retirement or death, the contributions credited to his or her account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14, and his or her option will be automatically terminated; provided that if an Employee shall take a leave of absence approved by the Company in accordance with Section 2(g) of this Plan during an Offering Period in which the Employee is a participant, the participant will be deemed to have his or her contributions reduced to 0% during such leave of absence, but he or she shall continue to be a participant in the applicable Offering Period and upon his or her return to employment with the Company shall be eligible to participate fully in any remaining portion of the applicable Offering Period. If the participant fails to return to employment with the Company at the end of such authorized leave of absence, or if his or her employment is otherwise terminated earlier, he or she shall be deemed to have withdrawn from participation in the Plan.

(c)    A participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods.

(d)    A participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary will not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, if a participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the option will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent it complies with Code Section 423.

11.    Interest. No interest shall accrue on the contributions of a participant in the Plan, unless required by applicable law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, will apply to all participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423‑2(f).

12.    Stock.

(a)    The maximum number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be 64,339,601, subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18. In addition, in no event shall more than 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18) be made available for sale under the Plan in any one Offering Period. Furthermore, the Company, in its discretion, may decide to impose a limit on the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that each participant may purchase during any one Offering Period. If the total number of shares which would otherwise be subject to options granted pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof at the beginning of an Offering Period exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan (after deduction of all shares for which options have been exercised or are then outstanding) or the 2,000,000 share limit for any Offering Period, the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for option grant in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company shall give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares subject to the option to each Employee affected thereby and shall similarly reduce the rate of contributions, if necessary.

(b)    Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

(c)    Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and his or her spouse, or as otherwise directed by the participant.

13.    Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board. The Board or a committee appointed by the Board will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 12(a), but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan). Unless otherwise determined by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board, the Employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board or a committee appointed by the Board is specifically authorized (in its discretion) to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the form and manner for making elections under the Plan, the definition of Compensation, handling of Contributions, making of Contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in

Exhibit 10.9

forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest (if any), conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements and withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Board of a committee appointed by the Board also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.423‑2(f), the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision, interpretation and determination made by the Board of a committee appointed by the Board will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

14.    Designation of Beneficiary.

(a)    Unless otherwise determined by the Company, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such participant’s death subsequent to the end of the Offering Period but prior to delivery to him or her of such shares and cash. In addition, unless otherwise determined by the Company, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such participant’s death prior to the end of the Offering Period.

(b)    Unless otherwise determined by the Company, such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant at any time by written notice to the Company in the form and manner prescribed by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board for such purpose. In the event of the death of a participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate or determine to be the appropriate recipients of the shares and/or cash under applicable law.

(c)    All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Board or a committee appointed by the Board may prescribe from time to time.

15.    Transferability. Neither contributions credited to a participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 14 hereof) by the participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance with Section 10.

16.    Use of Funds. All contributions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such contributions, except under Offerings or for participants in the Non‑423 Component for which applicable laws require that contributions to the Plan by participants be segregated from the Company’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

17.    Reports. Individual accounts will be maintained for each participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Employees at least annually as promptly as practically feasible following an Exercise Date, which statements will set forth the amounts of contributions, the per share Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

18.    Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company that affects the shares of Common Stock, then the Board or a committee appointed by the Board shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of shares of Common Stock (or other securities, property or cash) that may be delivered under the Plan, and the number, class, and price of shares of Common Stock subject to any option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, as determined by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

Exhibit 10.9

19.    Amendment or Termination.        

(a)    The Board may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the Plan. Except as provided in Section 18 hereof, no such termination can affect options previously granted, provided that an Offering Period may be terminated by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board on an Exercise Date if the Board or its committee, as applicable, determines that the termination of the Offering Period or the Plan is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Except as pro-vided in Section 18 and this Section 19 hereof, no amendment may make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b)    Without shareholder consent and without regard to whether any participant rights may be considered to have been “adversely affected,” the Board (or its committee) shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding or contributing to the Plan in excess of the amount designated by a participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Board (or its committee) determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.

(c)    In the event the Board or a committee appointed by the Board determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Board or a committee appointed by the Board may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i)amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

(ii)altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(iii)shortening any Offering Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the action by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board;

(iv)reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as payroll deductions or other contributions; and

(v)reducing the maximum number of shares of Common Stock a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan participants.

20.    Notices. All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

21.    Stockholder Approval. If required by Section 19, any amendment to the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve months before or after the date such amendment is adopted. If such stockholder approval is obtained at a duly held stockholders’ meeting, it may be obtained by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company present or represented and entitled to vote thereon, which approval shall be:

(a)    solicited substantially in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or solicited after the Company has furnished in writing to the holders entitled to vote substantially the same information concerning the Plan as that which would be required by the rules and regulations in effect under Section 14(a) of the Act at the time such information is furnished; and

Exhibit 10.9

(b)    obtained at or prior to the first annual meeting of stockholders held subsequent to the later of (i) the first registration of Common Stock under Section 12 of the Act, or (ii) the acquisition of an equity security for which exemption is claimed.

In the case of approval by written consent, it must be obtained in accordance with applicable state law.

22.    Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23.    Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period then in progress shall be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board.  The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation.  The Board or a committee appointed by the Board shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant’s option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

24.    Merger or Asset Sale.  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, the Offering Period then in progress shall be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and such Offering Period shall end on the New Exercise Date.  The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed merger or asset sale. The Board or a committee appointed by the Board shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant’s option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

25.    Code Section 409A. The Code Section 423(b) Plan is exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code. The Non-423(b) Component is intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. In the case of a participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent an option to purchase shares of Common Stock or the payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the option to purchase shares of Common Stock shall be granted, paid, exercised, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including the final regulations and other guidance issued with respect thereto, except as otherwise determined by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Board or a committee appointed by the Board with respect thereto.

26.    No Right to Employment. Participation in the Plan by a participant will not be construed as giving a participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, as applicable. Further, the Company or a Subsidiary may dismiss a participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

27.    Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any participant, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or participant as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.

28.    Compliance with Applicable Laws. The terms of this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable laws and will be construed accordingly.

Exhibit 10.9

29.    Governing Law. Except to the extent that provisions of this Plan are governed by applicable provisions of the Code or any other substantive provision of federal law, this Plan shall be construed in accordance with, and shall be governed by, the substantive laws of the State of California without regard to any provisions of California law relating to the conflict of laws.

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

QUANTUM CORPORATION

EXECUTIVE OFFICER INCENTIVE PLAN

May 1, 2015 Restatement

SECTION 1.

BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE

1.1 Effective Date

The Plan, which was adopted by the Company effective as of April 1, 2001, most recently was amended effective as of April 1, 2012, and last was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company, is hereby further amended and restated effective as of May 1, 2015.

1.2 Purpose of the Plan

The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating key executives (1) to perform to the best of their abilities, and (2) to achieve the Company’s objectives. The Plan’s goals are to be achieved by providing participants with the opportunity to earn with incentive awards for the achievement of goals relating to the performance of the Company. The Plan is intended to permit the payment of awards that qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

2.1 “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the 1934 Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.2 “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period. Each Actual Award is determined by the Payout Formula for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3.6 to reduce or eliminate the award otherwise determined by the Payout Formula.

2.3 “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.6 “Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5.1) to administer the Plan.

2.7 “Company” means Quantum Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.8 “Determination Date” means the latest possible date that will not jeopardize a Target Award or Actual Award’s qualification as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.9 “Employee” means any employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such employee is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

2.10 “Fiscal Quarter” means a fiscal quarter of the Company.

2.11 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

Exhibit 10.10

2.12 “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

2.13 “Payout Formula” means as to any Performance Period, the formula or payout matrix established by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.4 in order to determine the Actual Awards (if any) to be paid to Participants. The formula or matrix may differ from Participant to Participant.

2.14 “Performance Goals” means the goal(s) (or combined goal(s)) determined by the Committee (in its discretion) to be applicable to a Participant for a Target Award for a Performance Period. As determined by the Committee, the Performance Goals for any Target Award applicable to a Participant may provide for a targeted level or levels of achievement using one or more of the following measures: (a) cash flow, (b) customer satisfaction, (c) earnings per share, (d) expense control, (e) margin, (f) market share, (g) operating profit, (h) product development and/or quality, (i) profit, (j) return on capital, (k) return on equity, (l) revenue and (m) total shareholder return. Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant, Performance Period to Performance Period and from award to award. Any Performance Goal used may be measured (1) in absolute terms, (2) in combination with another Performance Goal or Goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (3) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, as compared to results for other periods of time, against financial metrics and/or against another company, companies or an index or indices), (4) on a per-share or per-capita basis, (5) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a specific business unit(s), business segment(s) or product(s) of the Company, and/or (6) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. Prior to the Determination Date, the Committee, in its discretion, will determine whether any significant element(s) or item(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Performance Goal with respect to any Participants (for example, but not by way of limitation, the effect of mergers and acquisitions). As determined in the discretion of the Committee prior to the Determination Date, achievement of Performance Goals for any particular Target Award may be calculated in accordance with the Company’s financial statements, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or as adjusted for certain costs, expenses, gains and losses to provide non-GAAP measures of operating results.

2.15 “Performance Period” means any Fiscal Year (or period of four (4) consecutive Fiscal Quarters) or such other period longer than a Fiscal Year but not longer than three Fiscal Years (or period of twelve (12) consecutive Fiscal Quarters), as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.16 “Plan” means the Quantum Corporation Executive Officer Incentive Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time.

2.17 “Shares” means shares of the Company’s common stock.

2.18 “Target Award” means the target award payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3.3.

SECTION 3.

SELECTION OF PARTICIPANTS AND DETERMINATION OF AWARDS

3.1 Selection of Participants

The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall select the Employees of the Company who shall be Participants for any Performance Period. The Committee, in its sole discretion, also may designate as Participants one or more individuals (by name or position) who are expected to become Employees during a Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, and shall be determined on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period.

Exhibit 10.10

3.2 Determination of Performance Goals

The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish the Performance Goals for each Participant for the Performance Period. Such Performance Goals shall be set forth in writing. The Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. The Committee shall also determine and set forth in writing whether any significant elements shall be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Performance Goal with respect to any Participants, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (b) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Company’s management, or (c) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

3.3 Determination of Target Awards

The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish a Target Award for each Participant. Each Participant’s Target Award shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and each Target Award shall be set forth in writing. The Target Award may be denominated by reference to a formula, a percentage of base salary, or a fixed dollar amount.

3.4 Determination of Payout Formula or Formulae

The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall establish a Payout Formula or Formulae for purposes of determining the Actual Award (if any) payable to each Participant. Each Payout Formula shall (a) be in writing, (b) be based on a comparison of actual performance to the Performance Goals, (c) provide for the payment of a Participant’s Target Award if the Performance Goals for the Performance Period are achieved at the predetermined level, and (d) provide for the payment of an Actual Award greater than or less than the Participant’s Target Award, depending upon the extent to which actual performance exceeds or falls below the Performance Goals. Notwithstanding the preceding, no Participant’s Actual Award(s) under the Plan may, for any period of three (3) consecutive Fiscal Years, exceed $15,000,000.

3.5 Date for Determinations

The Committee shall make all determinations under Section 3.1 through 3.4 on or before the latest possible date that will not jeopardize a Target Award or Actual Award’s qualification as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. For Fiscal Year Performance Periods, such date is expected to be the earlier of (i) 90 days after the commencement of each Performance Period or (ii) the expiration of 25% of the Performance Period.

3.6 Determination of Actual Awards

After the end of each Performance Period, the Committee shall certify in writing (for example, in its meeting minutes) the extent to which the Performance Goals applicable to each Participant for the Performance Period were achieved or exceeded, as determined by the Committee. The Actual Award for each Participant shall be determined by applying the Payout Formula to the level of actual performance which has been certified by the Committee. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may (a) eliminate or reduce the Actual Award payable to any Participant below that which otherwise would be payable under the Payout Formula, and (b) determine what Actual Award, if any, will be paid in the event of a Termination of Service prior to the end of the Performance Period.

SECTION 4.

PAYMENT OF AWARDS

4.1 Right to Receive Payment

Each Actual Award that may become payable under the Plan shall be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

Exhibit 10.10

4.2 Timing of Payment

Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable, but no later than two and one-half months after the end of the Performance Period during which the Actual Award was earned.

4.3 Form of Payment

Each Actual Award shall be paid in cash (or its equivalent) or Shares in a single lump sum, except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. To the extent an Actual Award, in whole or in part, is payable in Shares, such Shares shall be granted under the Company’s 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan or such other shareholder approved plan of the Company providing for payment of Shares as the Committee may determine. If (a) an Actual Award is paid in Shares or (b) a Target Award denominated in Shares is paid in cash, the number of Shares to be determined shall be determined by dividing the cash amount otherwise payable by the closing per share selling price for Shares as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on the date payment of the Actual Award is to be made.

4.4 Recoupment of Awards

Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Plan, a Participant’s rights with respect to any Actual Award hereunder shall be subject to the Company’s clawback policy as may be established and/or amended from time to time (the “Clawback Policy”). The Board or the Committee may require the Participant to forfeit, return, or reimburse the Company for, all or a portion of any Actual Award paid to the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Clawback Policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable laws (including, without limitation, Section 10D of the 1934 Act and any applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission).

Any recoupment of an Actual Award made with respect to a Participant may be in addition to any other remedies that may be available to the Company under applicable law, including disciplinary actions up to and including termination of employment.

4.5 Payment in the Event of Death

If a Participant dies prior to the payment of an Actual Award earned by him or her prior to death for a prior Performance Period, the Award shall be paid to administrator or representative of his or her estate, except as provided in Section 6.6.

SECTION 5.

ADMINISTRATION

5.1 Committee is the Administrator

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. Each member of the Committee shall qualify as an “outside director” under Section 162(m) of the Code. If it is later determined that one or more members of the Committee do not so qualify, actions taken by the Committee prior to such determination shall be valid despite such failure to qualify. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board.

5.2 Committee Authority

It shall be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee shall have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (a) determine which Employees shall be granted awards, (b) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (c) interpret the Plan and the awards, (d) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (e) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (f) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

Exhibit 10.10

5.3 Decisions Binding

All interpretations, determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and shall be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

5.4 Delegation by the Committee

The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may delegate its authority and powers only to the extent consistent with applicable laws (including the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent applicable) and the rules and regulations of the principal securities market on which the Company’s securities are listed or qualified for trading.

SECTION 6.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Tax Withholding

The Company (or an Affiliate) shall withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state, local and other taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

6.2 No Effect on Employment or Service

Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) shall not be deemed a termination of employment or service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company and its Affiliates expressly reserve the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment or service with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

6.3 Participation

No Employee shall have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

6.4 Indemnification

Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (b) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6.5 Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

Exhibit 10.10

6.6 Beneficiary Designations

a. Designation. Each Participant may, pursuant to such uniform and nondiscriminatory procedures as the Committee may specify from time to time, designate one or more beneficiaries to receive any Actual Award payable to the Participant at the time of his or her death. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Section 6.6 shall be operative only after (and for so long as) the Committee determines (on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis) to permit the designation of beneficiaries.

b. Changes. A Participant may designate different beneficiaries (or may revoke a prior beneficiary designation) at any time by delivering a new designation (or revocation of a prior designation) in like manner. Any designation or revocation shall be effective only if it is received by the Committee. However, when so received, the designation or revocation shall be effective as of the date the designation or revocation is executed (whether or not the Participant still is living), but without prejudice to the Committee on account of any payment made before the change is recorded. The last effective designation received by the Committee shall supersede all prior designations.

c. Failed Designation. If the Committee does not make this Section 6.6 operative or if Participant dies without having effectively designated a beneficiary, the Participant’s Account shall be payable to the general beneficiary shown on the records of the Employer. If no beneficiary survives the Participant, the Participant’s Account shall be payable to his or her estate.

6.7 Nontransferability of Awards

No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6.6. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant shall be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

6.8 Deferrals

The Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to defer receipt of the payment of cash or Shares that would otherwise be delivered to a Participant under the Plan. Any such deferral elections shall be subject to such rules and procedures as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and shall be under a plan or arrangement consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

6.9 Section 409A

It is intended that all bonuses payable under this Plan will be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exemption or, in the alternative, will comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under this Plan will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein shall be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. Each payment and benefit payable under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. The Company may, in good faith and without the consent of any Participant, make any amendments to this Plan and take such reasonable actions which it deems necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A prior to actual payment to the Participant. In no event will the Company reimburse any Participant for any taxes or costs that may be imposed on or incurred by the Participant as a result of Section 409A. For purposes of the Plan, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any final Treasury Regulations or other Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 7.

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND DURATION

7.1 Amendment, Suspension or Termination

The Board or the Committee, each in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Target Award theretofore granted to such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

Exhibit 10.10

7.2 Duration of the Plan

The Plan shall commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7.1 (regarding the Board’s or the Committee’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), shall remain in effect thereafter.

SECTION 8.

LEGAL CONSTRUCTION

8.1 Gender and Number

Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

8.2 Severability

In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

8.3 Requirements of Law

The granting of awards under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

8.4 Governing Law

The Plan and all awards shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

8.5 Captions

Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and shall not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

EX-10.23

Exhibit 10.23

Quantum Corporation

224 Airport Parkway

Suite 300

San Jose, CA 95110-1382

(408) 944-4000

August 29, 2014

Mr. Dale L. Fuller

[address]

Dear Dale:

We are very pleased to offer you the opportunity to serve on the Board of Directors of Quantum Corporation.

As a Member of the Board of Directors, and under the current Board compensation program, your Board retainer will be $50,000 per annum, all of which will be paid in cash. Additionally, as a member of the Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee of the Board, you will receive a cash retainer of $7,500 per annum. The retainers are generally paid in quarterly installments. Quantum will also reimburse you for any travel or incidental expenses associated with performing your duties as a Board member.

We will recommend to the Leadership and Compensation Committee that restricted stock units (RSUs) with a total value of $125,000 be awarded to you. The actual number of RSUs to be awarded will be determined at the time of award based on the company’s closing stock price on the date of the Leadership and Compensation Committee’s approval, which occurs on the first business day of every month. Therefore, the number of RSUs to be awarded to you will be determined using the closing stock price on October 1, 2014. These RSUs will vest over two (2) years with 50% of the RSUs vesting after one (1) year and the remaining 50% vesting in quarterly installments over the second year. Once the RSUs have been approved, you will receive documentation from E*Trade, Quantum’s Stock Administrator, within two (2) months from your start date. If you remain a Board member, you will receive an annual stock grant thereafter. Details of the ongoing annual stock program will be forthcoming and are subject to change. Lastly, we are pleased to offer you the opportunity to participate in Quantum’s Deferred Compensation Program, details of which are enclosed in this packet.

To confirm your acceptance of our offer, please sign one copy of this letter, complete the enclosed documents, and return them in the enclosed envelope. Please note that your membership on the Board becomes effective as of September 9, 2014, as the Board of Directors’ have already approved your appointment.

Exhibit 10.23

Dale L. Fuller

August 29, 2014

Page 2 of 2

Dale, we are very enthusiastic about you joining our Board of Directors. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Again, it is a pleasure to welcome you to Quantum Corporation.

Sincerely,

/s/ Shawn Hall

Shawn Hall        

SVP, General Counsel     

Quantum Corporation    

[phone number]        

I understand and accept the terms of this agreement and agree to comply with all Quantum and Board policies and procedures, including those described in Quantum’s Business Conduct and Ethic’s Policy, Section 16 Policy, Insider Trading Policy, and Corporate Governance Principles.

Signed: /s/ Dale L. Fuller                    Date: Sept. 9, 2014

Dale L. Fuller

Start Date: ___________________________________

Enclosures:

Return Envelope

Deferred Compensation Program overview and forms

Director Change in Control Agreement    

Director Indemnification Agreement     

The High Road: Quantum’s Business Conduct & Ethics Policy

Section 16 Policy Documentation

Insider Trading Policy

Corporate Governance Principles

cc:     

Compensation

Legal

EX-10.24

Exhibit 10.24

Quantum Corporation

224 Airport Parkway

Suite 300

San Jose, CA 95110-1382

(408) 944-4000

May 1, 2015

Mr. Robert J. Andersen

[address]

Dear Robert:

We are very pleased to offer you the opportunity to serve on the Board of Directors of Quantum Corporation.

As a Member of the Board of Directors, and under the current Board compensation program, your Board retainer will be $50,000 per annum, all of which will be paid in cash. Your committee membership and committee retainer will be determined following your appointment The retainers are generally paid in quarterly installments. Quantum will also reimburse you for any travel or incidental expenses associated with performing your duties as a Board member.

We will recommend to the Leadership and Compensation Committee that restricted stock units (RSUs) with a total value of $125,000 be awarded to you. The actual number of RSUs to be awarded will be determined at the time of award based on the company’s closing stock price on the date of the Leadership and Compensation Committee’s approval, which occurs on the first business day of every month. Therefore, the number of RSUs to be awarded to you will be determined using the closing stock price on June 1, 2015. These RSUs will vest over two (2) years with 50% of the RSUs vesting after one (1) year and the remaining 50% vesting in quarterly installments over the second year. Once the RSUs have been approved, you will receive documentation from E*Trade, Quantum’s Stock Administrator, within two (2) months from your start date. If you remain a Board member, you will receive an annual stock grant thereafter. Details of the ongoing annual stock program will be forthcoming and are subject to change. Lastly, we are pleased to offer you the opportunity to participate in Quantum’s Deferred Compensation Program, details of which will be provided to you supplementally.

To confirm your acceptance of our offer, please sign one copy of this letter, complete the enclosed documents, and return them in the enclosed envelope. Please note that your membership on the Board will become effective when your background and independence checks have been completed, and the Board has approved your appointment, which we are targeting to complete by May 6, 2015.

Exhibit 10.24

Robert J. Andersen

May 1, 2015

Page 2 of 2

Robert, we are very enthusiastic about you joining our Board of Directors. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Again, it is a pleasure to welcome you to Quantum Corporation.

Sincerely,

/s/ Jon Gacek

Jon Gacek        

President & CEO    

Quantum Corporation    

[phone number]            

I understand and accept the terms of this agreement and agree to comply with all Quantum and Board policies and procedures, including those described in Quantum’s Business Conduct and Ethic’s Policy, Section 16 Policy, Insider Trading Policy, and Corporate Governance Principles.

Signed: /s/ Robert J. Andersen             Date:5/3/2015

Robert J. Andersen

Start Date:___________________________________

Enclosures:

Director Change in Control Agreement    

Director Indemnification Agreement     

The High Road: Quantum’s Business Conduct & Ethics Policy

Section 16 Policy Documentation

Insider Trading Policy

Corporate Governance Principles

cc:     Compensation

Legal

EX-10.25

Exhibit 10.25

Quantum Corporation

224 Airport Parkway

Suite 300

San Jose, CA 95110-1382

(408) 944-4000

January 12, 2015

[NAME]

[ADDRESS]

Re: Agreement to Advance Attorneys’ Fees

Dear [Name],

This letter (the “Letter”) will confirm that Quantum Corporation (the “Corporation”) will pay certain attorneys’ fees that may be incurred by you, as and in the circumstances described below.

As you may recall, you and the Corporation have previously entered into a written agreement or agreements relating to your employment (specifically, an employment agreement and/or Change of Control Agreement) (any such agreement referred to herein as an “Agreement”).

In the event that you bring an action to enforce or effect your rights under an Agreement (including this Letter), then the Corporation will advance all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by you in connection with the action (the “Advance Payments”). The Advance Payments will be paid to you by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of the underlying action and within thirty (30) days following your submission of proper documentation of the fees and costs incurred by you, but in no event later than the last day of your taxable year that immediately follows your taxable year in which the fees and costs were incurred by you. Your rights to the Advance Payments are, in each case, subject to the following additional requirements: (i) the right to this benefit is limited to fees incurred during your lifetime; (ii) you must submit documentation of the fees to be advanced no later than thirty (30) days following the end of your taxable year in which the fees were incurred; (iii) the amount of any Advance Payments provided during one taxable year will not affect the expenses eligible for payment by the Corporation as an Advance Payment in any other taxable year; and (iv) the right to any Advance Payment will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit or payment. These Advance Payments will be unsecured and interest‑free, and paid to you without regard to your ability to repay the fees incurred by you. The arbitrator will determine whether or not you are the prevailing party consistent with California Civil Code section 1717 and, if the Corporation is the prevailing party, whether or not any portion of the Advance Payments will be repaid to the Corporation. If any repayment is ordered, then it will take place no later than thirty (30) days following the final adjudication of the action.

For purposes of clarity, this Letter does not limit the Corporation’s ability to modify or terminate any employee benefit plans and programs that are established for its employees generally (such as 401(k) plans, equity incentive plans, vacation policies, etc.), which the Corporation, in its sole discretion, may modify or terminate from time to time for any reason. As a result, your rights to the Advanced Payments will not apply to any of these modifications or terminations that do not amend an Agreement. Further, your rights to the Advanced Payments will not apply with regard to any attorneys’ fees and costs you may incur in the event of a dispute relating to or arising from any equity plan or equity award agreement under which any equity awards have been granted to you by the Corporation, unless such dispute also arises from and as a result of an Agreement.

The Letter is intended to comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”), so that none of the payments and benefits to be provided under this Letter will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms in this Letter will be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A. Any payments or benefits under this Letter will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Each payment and benefit to be paid or provided under this Letter is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. The Corporation and you agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Letter and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A. In no event will the Corporation reimburse you for any taxes that may be imposed on you as a result of Section 409A.

Exhibit 10.25

If you have any questions regarding this Letter, please contact Shawn Hall at [phone number].

Sincerely,

/s/ Jon Gacek

Jon Gacek

President and Chief Executive Officer

Quantum Corporation

EX-10.35

Exhibit 10.35

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of August 1, 2010, between CS/FEDERAL DRIVE AB LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having an address c/o NorthStar Realty Finance Corp., 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (herein called “Landlord”), and QUANTUM CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation having an address at 1650 Technology Drive, Suite 800, San Jose, CA 95110 (herein called “Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, pursuant to which Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 92,985 rentable square feet of space in the building commonly known as “Building B” and located at 10205 Federal Drive, Colorado Springs, Colorado (the “Existing Lease”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, desire to amend the Existing Lease to, among other things, (i) extend the Lease Expiration Date with respect to the portion of Space 2 that is identified as the “warehouse space” on Exhibit A annexed hereto (such portion of Space 2, containing approximately 22,519 rentable square feet, is referred to herein as the “Space 2 Warehouse Space”; and, the remainder of Space 2, containing approximately 21,000 rentable square feet, is referred to herein as the “Space 2 Office Space”), and (ii) modify the Fixed Rent with respect to Space 2.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend the Existing Lease as follows (the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is herein referred to as the “Lease”):

1.    Definitions.    All capitalized terms contained in this Amendment and not defined herein shall, for the purposes of the Lease, have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

2.    Extension of Lease Expiration Date for the Space 2 Warehouse Space.

(a)    The initial term of the Lease with respect to the Space 2 Warehouse Space (but not the Space 2 Office Space) is hereby extended to February 28, 2016, which extension shall be on all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Existing Lease (as amended by this Amendment).

(b)    To give effect to such extension, the Existing Lease is hereby amended as follows:

(1)    Clause (ii) of the definition of “Lease Expiration Date” in the Basic Lease Information is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“(ii) (A) as to the Space 2 Warehouse Space, February 28, 2016, subject to the Space 2 Special Renewal Term and, if the Space 2 Special Renewal Term shall have been timely exercised, the Renewal Terms, and (B) as to the Space 2 Office Space, February 28, 2013.”

(2)    Intentionally omitted.

(3)    The definition of “Space 2 Special Renewal Term” in the Basic Lease Information is hereby deleted and replaced with the following

“Space 2 Special Renewal Term:    Solely as to the Space 2 Warehouse Space, one (1) period of five (5) years following the initial ten (10) year term for Space 2.”

(4)    The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“The primary term of this Lease (the “Primary Term”) as to Space 1 shall be for a period of approximately fifteen (15) years, as to the Space 2 Warehouse Space shall be for a period of approximately ten (10) years, and as to the Space 2 Office Space shall be for a period of approximately

Exhibit 10.35

seven (7) years, in each case, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the applicable Lease Expiration Date.”

(5)    The first sentence of Section 4(b) of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Unless the Term of this Lease shall have expired or been terminated pursuant to any provision hereof, and so long as no Event of Default exists at the time of exercise or on the date the Space 2 Special Renewal Term commences, Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term solely with respect to the Space 2 Warehouse Space for one (1) extension period of five (5) years immediately following the initial ten (10) year term as to the Space 2 Warehouse Space (the "Space 2 Special Renewal Term") upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4(b) such that, if so exercised, the Term of the Lease as to Space 1 and the Space 2 Warehouse Space would become conterminous.”

(6)    For the avoidance of doubt, the Term of the Lease with respect to the Space 2 Office Space shall expire on February 28, 2013, whereupon (i) Tenant shall surrender the Space 2 Office Space to Landlord in the manner required by the Lease, and (ii) from and after such expiration, all references in the Lease to the “Premises” or “Space 2” shall exclude the Space 2 Office Space.

3.    Amended Fixed Rent. Notwithstanding anything in the Existing Lease to the contrary (but subject to the immediately following sentence), (i) the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant with respect to the Space 2 Warehouse Space on account of the period from August 1, 2010 through and including February 28, 2016 shall be at the rate of $245,457.10 per annum ($20,454.76 per month) (and, accordingly, the CPI escalations set forth at the end of the definition of “Fixed Rent” shall not apply to the Space 2 Warehouse Space in respect of such period), and (ii) the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant with respect to the Space 2 Office Space on account of the period from August 1, 2010 through and including February 28, 2013 shall be at the rate of $237,300 per annum ($19,775.00 per month) (and, accordingly, the CPI escalations set forth at the end of the definition of “Fixed Rent” shall not apply to the Space 2 Office Space in respect of such period). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, until the Mortgagee Consent (as defined below) is obtained, Tenant shall continue to pay Fixed Rent with respect to all of Space 2 at the rate set forth in the Existing Lease (with the understanding that upon the granting of the Mortgagee Consent, Tenant shall be afforded a rent credit for any Fixed Rent with respect to Space 2 paid by Tenant on account of the period from and after August 1, 2010 that is in excess of the amount of Fixed Rent provided for in the preceding sentence).

4.    Broker. Each party represents that it has not dealt with any real estate broker or finder with respect to this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, cost and expense (including, but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) which Landlord may incur or sustain in connection with any claim or action by any real estate broker or finder that may be asserted against Landlord as a result of any conversations, correspondence or other dealings between Tenant and such broker or finder. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, cost and expense (including, but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) which Tenant may incur or sustain in connection with any claim or action by any real estate broker or finder that may be asserted against Tenant as a result of any conversations, correspondence or other dealings between Landlord and such broker or finder.

5.    Ratification; Representations.    Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all covenants, agreements, terms and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Existing Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except pursuant to this Amendment; and (b) there exist no valid abatements, causes of action, counterclaims, disputes, defenses, offsets, credits, deductions, or claims against the enforcement of any of the terms and conditions of the Lease against Tenant. If any conflict or inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Existing Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail.

6.    Mortgagee Consent. Tenant understands that, pursuant to the terms of the existing mortgage on the Building, the holder of such mortgage is required to consent to this Amendment. Accordingly, each party, by written notice to the other, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to terminate this Amendment if such consent (the “Mortgagee Consent”) is not given within 60 days after the date hereof, but only if such termination notice is given after such 60^th day but before the date that is 90 days after the date hereof. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in connection with Landlord’s efforts to obtain such consent. In the event of such termination, this Amendment shall be null and void ab initio, and the Existing Lease shall continue in full force and effect without modification, as if this Amendment had never been executed.

Exhibit 10.35

7.    Miscellaneous. The covenants, agreements, terms and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal successors and permitted assigns. This Amendment (i) contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be changed orally but only by a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification or discharge is sought; (ii) may be executed in duplicate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument; (iii) shall not be binding upon Landlord unless and until Landlord shall have delivered a fully executed counterpart of this Amendment to Tenant; and (iv) shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including Portable Document Format (PDF)) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

LANDLORD:

CS/FEDERAL DRIVE AB LLC

By: /s/ DAN RAFFE

Name: Dan Raffe

Title: Executive Vice President

TENANT:

QUANTUM CORPORATION

By: /s/ LINDA M. BREARD

Name: Linda M. Breard

Title: SVP

Exhibit 10.35

Exhibit A

Space 2 Warehouse Space

EX-10.37

Exhibit 10.37

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of August 1, 2010, between CS/FEDERAL DRIVE C LLC, a Delaware limited liability company having an address c/o NorthStar Realty Finance Corp., 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (herein called “Landlord”), and QUANTUM CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation having an address at 1650 Technology Drive, Suite 800, San Jose, CA 95110 (herein called “Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, pursuant to which Landlord originally leased to Tenant approximately 122,041 rentable square feet of space in the building commonly known as “Building C” and located at 10285 Federal Drive, Colorado Springs, Colorado (the “Existing Lease”);

WHEREAS, (i) the term of the Existing Lease with respect to Space 2 expired on November 30, 2009, and (ii) the term of the Existing Lease with respect to Space 1 is scheduled to expire on February 28, 2011; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant, subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, desire to amend the Existing Lease to, among other things, extend the Lease Expiration Date with respect to Space 1 to February 28, 2016.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend the Existing Lease as follows (the Existing Lease, as amended by this Amendment, is herein referred to as the “Lease”):

1.    Definitions.    All capitalized terms contained in this Amendment and not defined herein shall, for the purposes of the Lease, have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Existing Lease.

2.    Extension of Lease Expiration Date. (a)    The initial term of the Lease with respect to Space 1 is hereby extended to February 28, 2016, which extension shall be on all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Existing Lease (as amended by this Amendment).

(b)    To give effect to such extension, the Existing Lease is hereby amended as follows:

(1)    The definition of “Lease Expiration Date” in the Basic Lease Information is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Lease Expiration Date:    As to Space 1, February 28, 2016, subject to the Renewal Terms, and as to Space 2, November 30, 2009.”

(2)    The first sentence of Section 4(a) of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“The primary term of this Lease (the “Primary Term”)as to Space 1 shall be for a period of approximately ten (10) years and as to Space 2 shall be for a period of approximately three (3) years and ten (10) months, in each case, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the applicable Lease Expiration Date.”

(c)    The parties acknowledge and agree that the foregoing extension is in lieu of the first Renewal Term (and thus Tenant has only two, five-year extension rights remaining under Section 4(b) of the Existing Lease). Accordingly, to give effect to the foregoing, the Existing Lease is hereby amended as follows:

(1)    The definition of “Renewal Terms” in the Basic Lease Information is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

“Renewal Terms:    Solely as to Space 1, two (2) consecutive periods of five (5) years each.”

(2)    The first sentence of Section 4(b) of the Existing Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

Exhibit 10.37

“Unless the Term of this Lease shall have expired or been terminated pursuant to any provision hereof, and so long as no Event of Default exists at the time of exercise or on the date such Renewal Term commences, Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term solely with respect to Space 1 for two (2) consecutive extension periods of five (5) years each (each, a "Renewal Term," and, collectively, the "Renewal Terms"), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 4(b).”

3.    Amended Fixed Rent. Notwithstanding anything in the Existing Lease to the contrary (but subject to the immediately following sentence), the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant with respect to Space 1 on account of the period from August 1, 2010 through and including February 28, 2016 shall be at the rate of $567,246.90 per annum ($47,270.58 per month). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, until the Mortgagee Consent (as defined below) is obtained, Tenant shall continue to pay Fixed Rent with respect to Space 1 at the rate set forth in the Existing Lease (with the understanding that upon the granting of the Mortgagee Consent, Tenant shall be afforded a rent credit for any Fixed Rent with respect to Space 1 paid by Tenant on account of the period from and after August 1, 2010 that is in excess of the amount of Fixed Rent provided for in the preceding sentence).

4.    Broker.    Each party represents that it has not dealt with any real estate broker or finder with respect to this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, cost and expense (including, but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) which Landlord may incur or sustain in connection with any claim or action by any real estate broker or finder that may be asserted against Landlord as a result of any conversations, correspondence or other dealings between Tenant and such broker or finder. Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, cost and expense (including, but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) which Tenant may incur or sustain in connection with any claim or action by any real estate broker or finder that may be asserted against Tenant as a result of any conversations, correspondence or other dealings between Landlord and such broker or finder.

5.    Ratification; Representations.    Except as modified by this Amendment, the Existing Lease and all covenants, agreements, terms and conditions thereof shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that, as of the date hereof, (a) the Existing Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except pursuant to this Amendment; and (b) there exist no valid abatements, causes of action, counterclaims, disputes, defenses, offsets, credits, deductions, or claims against the enforcement of any of the terms and conditions of the Lease against Tenant. If any conflict or inconsistency exists or arises between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the Existing Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall prevail.

6.    Mortgagee Consent. Tenant understands that, pursuant to the terms of the existing mortgage on the Building, the holder of such mortgage is required to consent to this Amendment. Accordingly, each party, by written notice to the other, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to terminate this Amendment if such consent (the “Mortgagee Consent”) is not given within 60 days after the date hereof, but only if such termination notice is given after such 60^th day but before the date that is 90 days after the date hereof. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in connection with Landlord’s efforts to obtain such consent. In the event of such termination, this Amendment shall be null and void ab initio, and the Existing Lease shall continue in full force and effect without modification, as if this Amendment had never been executed.

7.    Miscellaneous. The covenants, agreements, terms and conditions contained in this Amendment shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective legal successors and permitted assigns. This Amendment (i) contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be changed orally but only by a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification or discharge is sought; (ii) may be executed in duplicate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument; (iii) shall not be binding upon Landlord unless and until Landlord shall have delivered a fully executed counterpart of this Amendment to Tenant; and (iv) shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including Portable Document Format (PDF)) shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

Exhibit 10.37

LANDLORD:

CS/FEDERAL DRIVE AB LLC

By: /s/ DAN RAFFE

Name: Dan Raffe

Title: Executive Vice President

TENANT:

QUANTUM CORPORATION

By: /s/ LINDA M. BREARD

Name: Linda M. Breard

Title: SVP

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

QUANTUM CORPORATION

STATEMENT OF COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

	For the year ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2015		2014			2013			2012			2011
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes	$	17,478	$	(20,257	)	$	(51,018	)	$	(8,369	)	$	5,711
Add fixed charges	12,079		13,145			12,078			17,100			25,420
Earnings (as defined)	$	29,557	$	(7,112	)	$	(38,940	)	$	8,731		$	31,131
Fixed charges:
Interest expense	$	9,755	$	9,754		$	8,342		$	12,996		$	21,349
Amortization of debt issuance costs	(i), (ii)		(i)			(i)			(i), (iii)			(i) (iv)
Estimated interest component of rent expenses	2,324		3,391			3,736			4,104			4,071
Total fixed charges	$	12,079	$	13,145		$	12,078		$	17,100		$	25,420
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (v)	2.45		n/a			n/a			0.51			1.22

____________________

(i) In all years presented, the amortization of debt issuance costs is included in interest expense.

(ii) Interest expense for fiscal 2015 in this table is comprised of: (a) $9.5 million of interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs as presented in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and (b) $0.3 million of debt issuance costs written off related to the $50 million of 3.50% subordinated convertible notes repurchased in fiscal 2015. The $0.3 million debt issuance costs written off are included in the loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2015.

(iii) Interest expense for fiscal 2012 in this table is comprised of: (a) $10.7 million of interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs as presented in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and (b) $2.3 million of debt issuance costs written off related to the Credit Suisse credit agreement retired in fiscal 2012. The $2.3 million debt issuance costs written off are included in the loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2012.

(iv) Interest expense for fiscal 2011 in this table is comprised of: (a) $20.2 million of interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs as presented in interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and (b) $1.2 million of debt issuance costs written off related to subordinated term loans retired in fiscal 2011. The $1.2 million in debt issuance costs written off are included in loss on debt extinguishment in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for fiscal 2011.

(v) Earnings, as defined, were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $20.3 million, $51.0 million and $8.4 million for fiscal years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

EX-21

Exhibit 21

QUANTUM CORPORATION

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

1	A.C.N. 120.786.012 Pty. Ltd., an Australian company
2	Advanced Digital Information Corporation, a Washington Corporation
3	Certance (US) Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation
4	Certance Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation
5	Certance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
6	Pancetera Software Inc., a Delaware corporation
7	Quantum Beteiligungs GmbH, a German corporation
8	Quantum Boehmenkirch GmbH & Co. KG, a German corporation
9	Quantum Engineering Australia Pty. Ltd., an Australian company
10	Quantum GmbH, a German corporation
11	Quantum India Development Center Private Ltd., an Indian company
12	Quantum International Inc., a Delaware corporation
13	Quantum Korea Co. Ltd., a Korean corporation
14	Quantum Peripherals (Europe) SARL, a Swiss corporation
15	Quantum SARL, a French corporation
16	Quantum Storage Australia Pty. Ltd., an Australian corporation
17	Quantum Storage GmbH, a Swiss corporation
18	Quantum Storage Japan Corporation, a Japanese corporation
19	Quantum Storage Singapore Pte. Ltd., a Singapore private company
20	Quantum Storage UK Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation

EX-23

Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S‑8 (Nos. 333-64350, 333-136912, 333-147621, 333-175208, 333-184854 and 333-200052) of Quantum Corporation of our reportdated June 8, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Seattle, Washington

June 12, 2015

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302(a)

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jon W. Gacek, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Quantum Corporation;

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4) The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	June 12, 2015
/s/ JON W. GACEK
Jon W. Gacek
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302(a)

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Linda M. Breard, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Quantum Corporation;

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4) The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	June 12, 2015
/s/ LINDA M. BREARD
Linda M. Breard
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

     I, Jon W. Gacek, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Quantum Corporation, on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2015 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Quantum Corporation.

Date:	June 12, 2015
QUANTUM CORPORATION
/s/ JON W. GACEK
Jon W. Gacek
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

     I, Linda M. Breard, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Quantum Corporation, on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2015 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Quantum Corporation.

Date:	June 12, 2015
QUANTUM CORPORATION
/s/ LINDA M. BREARD
Linda M. Breard
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Narrative (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2000
Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Shipping and handling fees	$ 12,300,000	$ 13,600,000	$ 16,000,000
Advertising expense	7,600,000	8,400,000	8,200,000
Foreign currency gain (loss) recorded in other income and expense	200,000	300,000	(500,000)
Gain on sale of other investments	13,574,000	0	0
Product Warranty Term [Line Items]
Amount authorized to repurchase common stock				700,000,000
Remaining amount authorized to repurchase common stock	$ 87,900,000	$ 87,900,000
Minimum
Product Warranty Term [Line Items]
Product warranty term (in years)	1 year
Maximum
Product Warranty Term [Line Items]
Product warranty term (in years)	3 years

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL - Narrative (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (in years)	6 years 8 months 17 days
Write off of fully amortized intangible assets	$ 9.8	$ 31.0
IPR&D transferred to amortizable purchased technology intangible assets		$ 0.1
Minimum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (in years)	1 year
Maximum
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Estimated useful life (in years)	8 years

XML

BALANCE SHEET DETAILS - Schedule of Service Parts Inventories (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]
Finished goods	$ 18,143	$ 17,926
Component parts	6,497	7,703
Service parts inventories, net	$ 24,640	$ 25,629

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - Schedule of Restricted Stock Activity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Shares
Nonvested, beginning balance	12,108
Granted	10,348
Vested	(6,013)
Forfeited	(2,652)
Nonvested, ending balance	13,791
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested, beginning balance	$ 1.80
Granted	$ 1.24
Vested	$ 2.10
Forfeited	$ 1.35
Nonvested, ending balance	$ 1.34

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL - Schedule of Goodwill (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Goodwill	$ 394,613	$ 394,613
Accumulated Impairment Losses	(339,000)	(339,000)
Net Amount	$ 55,613	$ 55,613

XML

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - Net Income (Loss) Per Share (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ 12,905	$ 6,931	$ 1,248	$ (4,324)	$ (14,404)	$ (2,458)	$ (7,893)	$ 3,281	$ 16,760	$ (21,474)	$ (52,179)
Weighted average shares:
Basic									254,665	247,024	239,855
Dilutive shares from stock plans									5,362	0	0
Diluted									260,027	247,024	239,855
Basic net income (loss) per share	$ 0.05	$ 0.03	$ 0.00	$ (0.02)					$ 0.07	$ (0.09)	$ (0.22)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$ 0.04	$ 0.03	$ 0.00	$ (0.02)					$ 0.06	$ (0.09)	$ (0.22)

XML

BALANCE SHEET DETAILS - Schedule of Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]
Cash	$ 36,291	$ 8,808
Money market funds	34,278	93,077
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash	$ 70,569	$ 101,885

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Schedule of assumptions used in calculating fair values

The weighted-average fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values during each fiscal period are as follows:

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Option life (in years)	0.5			0.5			0.5
Risk-free interest rate	0.07		%	0.07		%	0.13		%
Stock price volatility	36.58		%	43.71		%	69.73		%
Weighted-average grant date fair value	$	0.36		$	0.40		$	0.48

Summary of share-based compensation expense

The following tables summarize share-based compensation expense (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Share-based compensation expense:
Cost of revenue	$	1,489	$	1,963	$	2,389
Research and development	2,559		3,430		3,665
Sales and marketing	3,506		4,097		4,699
General and administrative	4,029		3,969		4,386
Total share-based compensation expense	$	11,583	$	13,459	$	15,139

Schedule of share-based compensation by type of award

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Share-based compensation by type of award:
Stock options	$	617	$	826	$	1,681
Restricted stock	10,102		11,356		11,630
Stock purchase plan	864		1,277		1,828
Total share-based compensation expense	$	11,583	$	13,459	$	15,139

Schedule of activity relating to stock option plans

A summary of activity relating to all of our stock option plans is as follows (stock options and intrinsic value in thousands):

	Stock Options		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of March 31, 2014	7,997		$	1.78
Exercised	(866	)	0.97
Forfeited	(117	)	2.14
Expired	(2,070	)	2.83
Outstanding as of March 31, 2015	4,944		$	1.47	1.72	$	2,039
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2015	4,944		$	1.47	1.72	$	2,039
Exercisable as of March 31, 2015	4,916		$	1.46	1.71	$	2,039

Summary of information about stock options outstanding and exercisable

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2015 (stock options in thousands):

Range of Exercise Prices			Stock Options Outstanding	Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Stock Options Exercisable	Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$0.11	—	$0.63	52	$	0.49	3.20	52	$	0.49
$0.77	—	$0.98	3,019	0.98		1.25	3,019	0.98
$1.00	—	$1.35	233	1.15		1.26	233	1.15
$1.61	—	$2.17	204	1.80		0.43	204	1.80
$2.52	—	$2.93	1,436	2.53		2.90	1,408	2.53
			4,944	$	1.47	1.72	4,916	$	1.46

Summary of activity relating to restricted stock

A summary of activity relating to our restricted stock follows (shares in thousands):

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested as March 31, 2014	12,108		$	1.80
Granted	10,348		1.24
Vested	(6,013	)	2.10
Forfeited	(2,652	)	1.35
Nonvested as March 31, 2015	13,791		$	1.34

XML

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE - Narrative (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Jun. 23, 2009	Nov. 15, 2010	Oct. 31, 2012
Stock options
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from anti-dilutive shares excluded from computations (in shares)	2.4	12.8	17.3
Restricted Stock Units
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from anti-dilutive shares excluded from computations (in shares)	0.1	11.0	10.1
EMC Corporation
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Number of shares called by warrants (in shares)				10
Exercise price (usd per share)				$ 0.38
3.50% Convertible Subordinated Debt
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Stated interest rate (as a percent)	3.50%
Conversion price (usd per share)	4.33				$ 4.33
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from anti-dilutive shares excluded from computations (in shares)	29.0	31.1	31.2
Anti-dilutive income excluded from computations	5.3	5.7	5.7
4.50% Convertible Subordinated Debt
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Stated interest rate (as a percent)	4.50%
Conversion price (usd per share)	1.65					$ 1.65
Anti-dilutive shares excluded from anti-dilutive shares excluded from computations (in shares)	42.5	42.5	17.6
Anti-dilutive income excluded from computations	3.6	3.6	1.5

XML

INCOME TAXES - Schedule of Components of Income Tax Provision (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Federal:
Current	$ (138)	$ 0	$ 0
State:
Current	125	76	231
Foreign:
Current	890	1,096	1,090
Deferred	(159)	45	(160)
Total foreign	731	1,141	930
Income tax provision	$ 718	$ 1,217	$ 1,161

XML

ACCRUED WARRANTY - Narrative (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Minimum
Product Warranty Term [Line Items]
Product warranty term (in years)	1 year
Maximum
Product Warranty Term [Line Items]
Product warranty term (in years)	3 years

XML

INCOME TAXES - Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Excluding Amounts Pertaining to Examined Tax Returns [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ 32,449	$ 32,549	$ 32,744
Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements	0	(488)	(60)
Lapse of statute of limitations	0	0	(135)
Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period	0	388	0
Ending balance	$ 32,449	$ 32,449	$ 32,549

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - Narrative (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Operating Leases [Line Items]
Future minimum lease payments	$ 35,855,000
Future minimum sublease rental income	5,147,000
Rent expense	7,000,000	10,300,000	11,300,000
Non-cancelable commitments	46,000,000
Colorado Springs campus
Operating Leases [Line Items]
Number of buildings	3
Future minimum lease payments	18,800,000
Future minimum sublease rental income	$ 4,900,000
Five Years | Colorado Springs campus
Operating Leases [Line Items]
Initial lease term (in years)	5 years
Lease extension term (in years)	5 years
Seven Years | Colorado Springs campus
Operating Leases [Line Items]
Initial lease term (in years)	7 years
15 Years | Colorado Springs campus
Operating Leases [Line Items]
Initial lease term (in years)	15 years
Minimum
Operating Leases [Line Items]
Renewal term (in years)	1 year
Maximum
Operating Leases [Line Items]
Renewal term (in years)	10 years

XML

INCOME TAXES - Narrative (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015 Rate	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Federal statutory rate (as a percent)	35.00%
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance	$ (8.9)	$ (8.0)	$ 17.0
Total unrecognized tax benefit including interest and penalties	33.5
Accrued interest and penalties	1.1
Federal net operating loss	259.3
Tax credit carryforwards	140.0
Federal net operating loss carryforwards attributable to excess tax deductions from stock option exercises	33.6
Acquired net operating losses included in carryforwards	11.1
Acquired credits included in carryforwards	$ 10.7

XML

401K PLAN (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]
Employer contributions	$ 2.4	$ 2.6	$ 2.8

XML

SCHEDULE II CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

SCHEDULE II CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

SCHEDULE II

CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

	Balance at beginning of period		Net additions (releases) charged to expense			Deductions (i)			Balance at end of period
For the year ended:
March 31, 2015	$	88	$	40		$	(101	)	$	27
March 31, 2014	62		(39		)	65			88
March 31, 2013	217		3			(158		)	62

____________________

(i)       Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL - Schedule of Weighted Average Amortization Period (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period	6 years 8 months 17 days
Purchased technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period	6 years 2 months 5 days
Trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period	6 years 0 months 1 day
Customer lists
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average amortization period	8 years 0 months 7 days

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Schedule of Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (Details) (Level 1, Money market funds, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Level 1 | Money market funds
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis	$ 34,278	$ 93,077

XML

INCOME TAXES - Schedule of Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation method	$ 1,588	$ 1,742
Accrued warranty expense	1,624	2,336
Distribution reserves	4,283	1,950
Loss carryforwards	75,262	81,012
Tax credits	185,578	191,372
Restructuring charge accruals	1,866	3,191
Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes	34,490	32,465
Deferred tax asset, gross	304,691	314,068
Less valuation allowance	(252,475)	(261,337)
Deferred tax asset	52,216	52,731
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation	(4,302)	(3,570)
Acquired intangibles	(4,920)	(2,794)
Tax on unremitted foreign earnings	(15,968)	(17,245)
Other	(26,093)	(28,330)
Deferred tax liability	(51,283)	(51,939)
Net deferred tax asset	$ 933	$ 792

XML

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Schedule of revenue and long-lived assets by region

Revenue, attributed to regions based on the location of customers, and long-lived assets, comprised of property and equipment, by region were as follows (in thousands):

	As of and for the year ended March 31,
	2015				2014				2013
	Long- Lived Assets		Revenue		Long- Lived Assets		Revenue		Long-Lived Assets		Revenue
Americas	$	14,063	$	340,811	$	16,759	$	359,259	$	20,182	$	378,514
Europe	421		152,186		524		143,508		756		151,676
Asia Pacific	169		60,098		291		50,398		518		57,249
	$	14,653	$	553,095	$	17,574	$	553,165	$	21,456	$	587,439

Schedule of revenues attributable to product groups, services and royalties

Following are revenues attributable to each of our product groups, services and royalties (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Tape automation systems	$	152,205	$	174,438	$	206,112
Disk backup systems*	54,845		50,217		74,255
Devices and media	62,642		70,680		68,724
Scale-out storage solutions*	85,887		52,983		49,819
Service	155,674		147,199		144,037
Royalty	41,842		57,648		44,492
Total revenue	$	553,095	$	553,165	$	587,439

*Revenue from disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions was previously included in a caption entitled disk systems and software solutions. Previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL - Schedule of Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	$ 250,111	$ 259,394
Accumulated Amortization	(249,380)	(255,483)
Net Amount	731	3,911
Purchased technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	179,992	179,475
Accumulated Amortization	(179,261)	(178,348)
Net Amount	731	1,127
Trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	3,900	3,900
Accumulated Amortization	(3,900)	(3,900)
Net Amount	0	0
Customer lists
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Amount	66,219	76,019
Accumulated Amortization	(66,219)	(73,235)
Net Amount	$ 0	$ 2,784

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - Schedule of Share-based Compensation by Type of Award (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Share-based compensation by type of award:
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 11,583	$ 13,459	$ 15,139
Stock purchase plan
Share-based compensation by type of award:
Total share-based compensation expense	864	1,277	1,828
Stock options
Share-based compensation by type of award:
Total share-based compensation expense	617	826	1,681
Restricted stock
Share-based compensation by type of award:
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 10,102	$ 11,356	$ 11,630

XML

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES - Narrative (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]
Facilities	$ 1,250	$ 4,303	$ 1,920
Severance and benefits	406	6,139	8,251
Other	$ 10	$ 772	$ 0

XML

BALANCE SHEET DETAILS - Schedule of Manufacturing Inventories (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]
Finished goods	$ 28,022	$ 18,069
Work in process	58	1,056
Materials and purchased parts	22,194	15,690
Manufacturing inventories, net	$ 50,274	$ 34,815

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Statement of Stockholders' Equity [Abstract]
Taxes on unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance	$ 200	$ (67)	$ 51

XML

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES - Schedule of Restructuring Activity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ 8,368	$ 4,756	$ 1,752
Restructuring costs	2,442	12,686	10,735
Restructuring charge reversal	(776)	(1,472)	(564)
Cash payments	(5,488)	(8,585)	(7,167)
Other non-cash	300	983
Ending balance	4,846	8,368	4,756
Severance and benefits
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	1,574	2,711	1,312
Restructuring costs	749	7,522	8,815
Restructuring charge reversal	(343)	(1,383)	(564)
Cash payments	(1,791)	(7,276)	(6,852)
Other non-cash	0	0
Ending balance	189	1,574	2,711
Facilities
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	6,724	2,045	440
Restructuring costs	1,680	4,392	1,920
Restructuring charge reversal	(430)	(89)	0
Cash payments	(3,617)	(607)	(315)
Other non-cash	300	983
Ending balance	4,657	6,724	2,045
Other
Restructuring Reserve [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	70	0	0
Restructuring costs	13	772	0
Restructuring charge reversal	(3)	0	0
Cash payments	(80)	(702)	0
Other non-cash	0	0
Ending balance	$ 0	$ 70	$ 0

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Schedule of Carrying Value and Fair Value of Financial Liabilities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Carrying Value	$ 153,735
Convertible subordinated debt
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Carrying Value	153,735	203,735
Level 2 fair value measurement | Convertible subordinated debt
Fair Value Inputs, Liabilities, Quantitative Information [Line Items]
Fair Value	$ 166,551	$ 203,820

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of weighted average amortization period

Following is the weighted average amortization period for our amortizable intangible assets:

	Amortization (Years)
Purchased technology	6.2
Trademarks	6.0
Customer lists	8.0
All intangible assets	6.7

Schedule of intangible amortization

Intangible amortization within our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Purchased technology	$	913	$	1,476	$	3,775
Trademarks	—		—		244
Customer lists	2,784		7,426		9,280
	$	3,697	$	8,902	$	13,299

Summary of carrying value of intangible assets

The following table provides a summary of the carrying value of intangible assets (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015							2014
	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount
Purchased technology	$	179,992	$	(179,261	)	$	731	$	179,475	$	(178,348	)	$	1,127
Trademarks	3,900		(3,900		)	—		3,900		(3,900		)	—
Customer lists	66,219		(66,219		)	—		76,019		(73,235		)	2,784
	$	250,111	$	(249,380	)	$	731	$	259,394	$	(255,483	)	$	3,911

Schedule of total expected future amortization

The total expected future amortization related to amortizable intangible assets is provided in the table below (in thousands):

	Amortization
Fiscal 2016	$	280
Fiscal 2017	175
Fiscal 2018	138
Fiscal 2019	103
Fiscal 2020	35
Total as of March 31, 2015	$	731

Summary of carrying value of goodwill

The following provides a summary of the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):

	Goodwill		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount
Balances as of March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014	$	394,613	$	(339,000	)	$	55,613

XML

BALANCE SHEET DETAILS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Cash	$	36,291	$	8,808
Money market funds	34,278		93,077
	$	70,569	$	101,885

Schedule of manufacturing inventories

Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Finished goods	$	28,022	$	18,069
Work in process	58		1,056
Materials and purchased parts	22,194		15,690
	$	50,274	$	34,815

Schedule of service parts inventories

Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Finished goods	$	18,143	$	17,926
Component parts	6,497		7,703
	$	24,640	$	25,629

Schedule of property and equipment

Property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015			2014
Machinery and equipment	$	122,339		$	119,783
Furniture and fixtures	5,816			6,127
Leasehold improvements	20,309			20,116
	148,464			146,026
Less: accumulated depreciation	(133,811		)	(128,452		)
	$	14,653		$	17,574

XML

ACCRUED WARRANTY - Schedule of Changes in Accrued Warranty (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Movement in Standard Product Warranty Accrual [Roll Forward]
Beginning balance	$ 6,116	$ 7,520
Additional warranties issued	6,146	8,508
Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years	(185)	(228)
Settlements	(7,858)	(9,684)
Ending balance	$ 4,219	$ 6,116

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Concentration of Credit Risk (Details) (Sales, Customer concentration risk)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2015 Rate	Mar. 31, 2013 Rate
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue	31.00%
Top five customers
Concentration Risk [Line Items]
Percentage of revenue		31.00%	32.00%

XML

ACCRUED WARRANTY (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Product Warranties Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of changes in accrued warranty

The following table details the change in the accrued warranty balance (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014
Beginning balance	$	6,116		$	7,520
Additional warranties issued	6,146			8,508
Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years	(185		)	(228		)
Settlements	(7,858		)	(9,684		)
Ending balance	$	4,219		$	6,116

XML

DEBT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of scheduled maturities for outstanding debt

A summary of the scheduled maturities for our outstanding debt as of March 31, 2015 follows (in thousands):

	Debt Maturity
Fiscal 2016	$	83,735
Fiscal 2017	—
Fiscal 2018	70,000
Total as of March 31, 2015	$	153,735

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT (USD $) In Thousands	Total	Common Stock	Capital in Excess of Par Value	Accumulated Deficit	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Balance at Mar. 31, 2012	$ (47,701)	$ 2,364	$ 409,770	$ (466,418)	$ 6,583
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2012		236,402
Net income (loss)	(52,179)			(52,179)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(583)				(583)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax	192				192
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	4,440	38	4,402
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan, shares		3,783
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net	(1,671)	29	(1,700)
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net, shares		2,895
Share-based compensation expense	15,139		15,139
Balance at Mar. 31, 2013	(82,363)	2,431	427,611	(518,597)	6,192
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2013		243,080
Net income (loss)	(21,474)			(21,474)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	679				679
Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax	(251)				(251)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	3,456	32	3,424
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan, shares		3,220
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net	(906)	41	(947)
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net, shares		4,110
Share-based compensation expense	13,459		13,459
Balance at Mar. 31, 2014	(87,400)	2,504	443,547	(540,071)	6,620
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2014	250,410	250,410
Net income (loss)	16,760			16,760
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(3,490)				(3,490)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance, net of tax	750				750
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	2,893	28	2,865
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan, shares		2,790
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net	(1,534)	50	(1,584)
Shares issued under employee stock incentive plans, net, shares		5,008
Share-based compensation expense	11,583		11,583
Balance at Mar. 31, 2015	$ (60,438)	$ 2,582	$ 456,411	$ (523,311)	$ 3,880
Balance, shares at Mar. 31, 2015	258,208	258,208

XML

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

Summary of types of restructuring expense

The following summarizes the type of restructuring expense for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Restructuring expense related to cost of revenue	$	—	$	539	$	—
Restructuring expense in operating expense	1,666		10,675		10,171
	$	1,666	$	11,214	$	10,171

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Severance and benefits	$	406	$	6,139	$	8,251
Facilities	1,250		4,303		1,920
Other	10		772		—
	$	1,666	$	11,214	$	10,171

Schedule of activity for accrued restructuring

The following tables show the activity and the estimated timing of future payouts for accrued restructuring (in thousands):

	Severance and benefits			Facilities			Other			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2012	$	1,312		$	440		$	—		$	1,752
Restructuring costs	8,815			1,920			—			10,735
Restructuring charge reversal	(564		)	—			—			(564		)
Cash payments	(6,852		)	(315		)	—			(7,167		)
Balance as of March 31, 2013	2,711			2,045			—			4,756
Restructuring costs	7,522			4,392			772			12,686
Restructuring charge reversal	(1,383		)	(89		)	—			(1,472		)
Cash payments	(7,276		)	(607		)	(702		)	(8,585		)
Other non-cash	—			983			—			983
Balance as of March 31, 2014	1,574			6,724			70			8,368
Restructuring costs	749			1,680			13			2,442
Restructuring charge reversal	(343		)	(430		)	(3		)	(776		)
Cash payments	(1,791		)	(3,617		)	(80		)	(5,488		)
Other non-cash	—			300			—			300
Balance as of March 31, 2015	$	189		$	4,657		$	—		$	4,846

Schedule of estimated timing of future payouts

Estimated timing of future payouts:	Severance and benefits		Facilities		Total
Fiscal 2016	$	75	$	3,780	$	3,855
Fiscal 2017 to 2021	114		877		991
	$	189	$	4,657	$	4,846

XML

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION - Schedule of Revenues Attributable to Product Groups, Services and Royalties (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Product revenue									$ 355,579	$ 348,318	$ 398,910
Service revenue									155,674	147,199	144,037
Royalty revenue									41,842	57,648	44,492
Total revenue	147,798	142,063	135,106	128,128	127,968	145,869	131,479	147,849	553,095	553,165	587,439
Tape automation systems
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Product revenue									152,205	174,438	206,112
Disk backup systems
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Product revenue									54,845	50,217	74,255
Devices and media
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Product revenue									62,642	70,680	68,724
Scale-out storage solutions
Segment Reporting, Revenue Reconciling Item [Line Items]
Product revenue									$ 85,887	$ 52,983	$ 49,819

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Share-Based Compensation (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Stock options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Pricing model used in estimating grant-date fair value	Black-Scholes
Market RSUs
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Pricing model used in estimating grant-date fair value	Monte-Carlo	Monte Carlo

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL - Schedule of Estimated Future Amortization (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Fiscal 2016	$ 280
Fiscal 2017	175
Fiscal 2018	138
Fiscal 2019	103
Fiscal 2020	35
Total	$ 731

XML

INCOME TAXES - Schedule of Pre-tax Income (Loss) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
U.S	$ 13,507	$ (22,549)	$ (52,940)
Foreign	3,971	2,292	1,922
Income (loss) before income taxes	$ 17,478	$ (20,257)	$ (51,018)

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 67,948	$ 99,125
Restricted cash	2,621	2,760
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $27 and $88, respectively	124,159	101,605
Manufacturing inventories	50,274	34,815
Service parts inventories	24,640	25,629
Other current assets	12,332	10,161
Total current assets	281,974	274,095
Long-term assets:
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation	14,653	17,574
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization	731	3,911
Goodwill	55,613	55,613
Other long-term assets	5,784	10,605
Total long-term assets	76,781	87,703
Total assets	358,755	361,798
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	54,367	41,792
Accrued warranty	4,219	6,116
Deferred revenue, current	95,899	98,098
Accrued restructuring charges, current	3,855	4,345
Convertible subordinated debt, current	83,735	0
Accrued compensation	35,414	25,036
Other accrued liabilities	20,740	15,168
Total current liabilities	298,229	190,555
Long-term liabilities:
Deferred revenue, long-term	39,532	40,054
Accrued restructuring charges, long-term	991	4,023
Convertible subordinated debt, long-term	70,000	203,735
Other long-term liabilities	10,441	10,831
Total long-term liabilities	120,964	258,643
Commitments and contingencies	0	0
Preferred stock:
Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2015 and 2014	0	0
Common stock:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 258,208 and 250,410 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively	2,582	2,504
Capital in excess of par	456,411	443,547
Accumulated deficit	(523,311)	(540,071)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	3,880	6,620
Stockholders’ deficit	(60,438)	(87,400)
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit	$ 358,755	$ 361,798

XML

ACQUISITION (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Business Combinations [Abstract]
Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired	$ 517	$ 0	$ 0

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Taxes on unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balance	$ 200	$ (67)	$ 51

XML

DEBT - Schedule of Debt Maturities (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015
Debt Maturity
Fiscal 2016	$ 83,735
Fiscal 2017	0
Fiscal 2018	70,000
Total	$ 153,735

XML

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per-share data):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	16,760	$	(21,474	)	$	(52,179	)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares:
Basic	254,665		247,024			239,855
Dilutive shares from stock plans	5,362		—			—
Diluted	260,027		247,024			239,855
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.07	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.22	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	0.06		(0.09		)	(0.22		)

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - Schedule of Assumptions Used to Valuing Stock Purchase Plan (Details) (Stock purchase plan, USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015 Rate	Mar. 31, 2014 Rate	Mar. 31, 2013 Rate
Stock purchase plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Option life (in years)	6 months	6 months	6 months
Risk-free interest rate	0.07%	0.07%	0.13%
Stock price volatility	36.58%	43.71%	69.73%
Weighted-average grant date fair value (usd per share)	$ 0.36	$ 0.40	$ 0.48

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Lease Commitments

We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements and also have equipment leases for various types of office equipment. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses. These leases are operating leases.

In February 2006, we leased a campus facility in Colorado Springs, Colorado, comprised of three buildings in three separate operating leases with initial terms of five, seven and 15 years. In August 2010, we negotiated lower lease rates and a five year extension on one of the buildings. In March 2015, we entered into a sublease agreement to sublease a portion of one of the buildings. The future minimum lease payment schedule below includes $18.8 million of lease payments and $4.9 million of sublease rental income for this Colorado Springs campus.

Rent expense was $7.0 million in fiscal 2015, $10.3 million in fiscal 2014 and $11.3 million in fiscal 2013. Sublease income was immaterial in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income are as follows (in thousands):

	Lease Payments		Sublease Rental Income			Total
For the year ending March 31,
2016	$	9,107	$	(587	)	$	8,520
2017	6,610		(959		)	5,651
2018	6,124		(936		)	5,188
2019	5,523		(909		)	4,614
2020	4,032		(943		)	3,089
Thereafter	4,459		(813		)	3,646
	$	35,855	$	(5,147	)	$	30,708

Commitments to Purchase Inventory

We use contract manufacturers for our manufacturing operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the third party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2015, we had issued non-cancelable commitments for $46.0 million to purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers and suppliers.

Legal Proceedings

On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. Patents 6,425,035 and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that we have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of disk array products, and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. We believe the probability that we will pay material damages related to this lawsuit is remote.

On September 23, 2014, we filed a lawsuit against Crossroads in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging patent infringement of our patent 6,766,412  by Crossroad’s StrongBox VSeries Library Solution product. We are seeking injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages. On December 4, 2014, we amended our complaint alleging infringement of a second patent, 5,940,849, related to Crossroad's SPHiNX product line. On December 16, 2014, we withdrew the amended complaint alleging infringement of the second patent, 5,940,849.

Indemnifications

We have certain financial guarantees, both express and implied, related to product liability and potential infringement of intellectual property. Other than certain product liabilities recorded as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, we did not record a liability associated with these guarantees, as we have little or no history of costs associated with such indemnification requirements. Contingent liabilities associated with product liability may be mitigated by insurance coverage that we maintain.

In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions of our services and products, we indemnify certain parties with respect to certain matters. We have agreed to hold certain parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or out of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors, and our bylaws contain similar indemnification obligations to our agents.

It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of our indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by us under these agreements have not had a material impact on our operating results, financial position or cash flows.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income

Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income are as follows (in thousands):

	Lease Payments		Sublease Rental Income			Total
For the year ending March 31,
2016	$	9,107	$	(587	)	$	8,520
2017	6,610		(959		)	5,651
2018	6,124		(936		)	5,188
2019	5,523		(909		)	4,614
2020	4,032		(943		)	3,089
Thereafter	4,459		(813		)	3,646
	$	35,855	$	(5,147	)	$	30,708

XML

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

	For the year ended March 31, 2015
(In thousands, except per share data)	1st Quarter			2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Revenue	$	128,128		$	135,106	$	142,063	$	147,798
Gross margin	55,526			61,929		65,067		62,164
Net income (loss)	(4,324		)	1,248		6,931		12,905
Basic net income (loss) per share	(0.02		)	0.00		0.03		0.05
Diluted net income (loss) per share	(0.02		)	0.00		0.03		0.04

	For the year ended March 31, 2014
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter			3rd Quarter			4th Quarter
Revenue	$	147,849	$	131,479		$	145,869		$	127,968
Gross margin	69,835		56,392			61,373			52,020
Net income (loss)	3,281		(7,893		)	(2,458		)	(14,404		)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share	0.01		(0.03		)	(0.01		)	(0.06		)

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - Schedule of Stock Option Activity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Stock Options
Outstanding, beginning balance	7,997
Exercised	(866)
Forfeited	(117)
Expired	(2,070)
Outstanding, ending balance	4,944
Stock Options, vested and expected to vest	4,944
Stock Options, exercisable	4,916
Weighted- Average Exercise Price
Outstanding, beginning balance	$ 1.78
Exercised	$ 0.97
Forfeited	$ 2.14
Expired	$ 2.83
Outstanding, ending balance	$ 1.47
Weighted-Average Exercise Price, vested and expected to vest	$ 1.47
Weighted-Average Exercise Price, exercisable	$ 1.46
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award, Options, Vested and Expected to Vest [Abstract]
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term, outstanding	1 year 8 months 20 days
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term, vested and expected to vest	1 year 8 months 20 days
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term, exercisable	1 year 8 months 16 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, outstanding	$ 2,039
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, vested and expected to vest	2,039
Aggregate Intrinsic Value, exercisable	$ 2,039

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$ 16,760	$ (21,474)	$ (52,179)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	8,281	10,713	12,413
Amortization of intangible assets	3,697	8,902	13,299
Amortization and write off of debt issuance costs	1,896	1,634	1,347
Service parts lower of cost or market adjustment	3,698	11,307	10,081
Deferred income taxes	(160)	36	(142)
Share-based compensation	11,583	13,459	15,139
Gain on sale of assets	(462)	0	0
Gain on sale of other investments	(13,574)	0	0
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:
Accounts receivable	(22,554)	(4,770)	11,880
Manufacturing inventories	(19,688)	13,352	(2,098)
Service parts inventories	(1,010)	2,675	3,735
Accounts payable	12,849	(5,881)	(8,630)
Accrued warranty	(1,897)	(1,404)	(66)
Deferred revenue	(2,721)	8,651	(370)
Accrued restructuring charges	(3,548)	3,619	3,009
Accrued compensation	11,318	(6,140)	(1,663)
Other assets and liabilities	1,566	795	1,980
Net cash provided by operating activities	6,034	35,474	7,735
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment	(3,241)	(5,957)	(10,099)
Proceeds from sale of assets	462	0	0
Change in restricted cash	(250)	426	1,113
Purchases of other investments	(22)	(1,118)	(2,169)
Return of principal from other investments	112	0	247
Proceeds from sale of other investments	15,097	0	0
Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired	(517)	0	0
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	11,641	(6,649)	(10,908)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayments of long-term debt	0	0	(49,495)
Borrowings of convertible subordinated debt, net	0	0	67,701
Repayments of convertible subordinated debt	(50,000)	(1,265)	0
Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock	(2,378)	(1,880)	(2,036)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	3,737	4,430	4,805
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(48,641)	1,285	20,975
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	(211)	39	(87)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(31,177)	30,149	17,715
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	99,125	68,976	51,261
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	67,948	99,125	68,976
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Proceeds from sale of other investments included in other assets	1,564	0	0
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable	429	649	354
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	8,498	8,247	5,672
Income taxes, net of refunds	$ 750	$ 574	$ 2,596

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable	$ 27	$ 88
Preferred stock, shares authorized	20,000,000	20,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	1,000,000,000	1,000,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	258,208,000	250,410,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	258,208,000	250,410,000

XML

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Restructuring and Related Activities [Abstract]

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES

The following summarizes the type of restructuring expense for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Restructuring expense related to cost of revenue	$	—	$	539	$	—
Restructuring expense in operating expense	1,666		10,675		10,171
	$	1,666	$	11,214	$	10,171

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Severance and benefits	$	406	$	6,139	$	8,251
Facilities	1,250		4,303		1,920
Other	10		772		—
	$	1,666	$	11,214	$	10,171

Fiscal 2015

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 were primarily due to facilities costs of $1.3 million as a result of further consolidating our facilities in the U.S.

Fiscal 2014

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to strategic management decisions to outsource our manufacturing operations and further consolidate repair and service activities, inclusive of exiting manufacturing facilities. In addition, we had additional consolidation in research and development, sales and marketing and administrative activities and teams to align our workforce with our continuing operations plans. Severance and benefits charges of $6.1 million in fiscal 2014 were attributable to positions eliminated worldwide, with the majority of positions eliminated in the U.S. Facility restructuring charges of $4.3 million in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for the vacated portion of our manufacturing facility in the U.S, reduced by estimated future sublease amounts. Other restructuring charges of $0.8 million were primarily due to charges related to cost of sales as a result of our manufacturing outsource decision.

Fiscal 2013

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2013 were primarily due to severance and benefits expenses of $8.3 million for positions eliminated in both the U.S. and internationally across most functions of the business. Facility restructuring charges for fiscal 2013 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for a vacant facility in the U.S.

The following tables show the activity and the estimated timing of future payouts for accrued restructuring (in thousands):

	Severance and benefits			Facilities			Other			Total
Balance as of March 31, 2012	$	1,312		$	440		$	—		$	1,752
Restructuring costs	8,815			1,920			—			10,735
Restructuring charge reversal	(564		)	—			—			(564		)
Cash payments	(6,852		)	(315		)	—			(7,167		)
Balance as of March 31, 2013	2,711			2,045			—			4,756
Restructuring costs	7,522			4,392			772			12,686
Restructuring charge reversal	(1,383		)	(89		)	—			(1,472		)
Cash payments	(7,276		)	(607		)	(702		)	(8,585		)
Other non-cash	—			983			—			983
Balance as of March 31, 2014	1,574			6,724			70			8,368
Restructuring costs	749			1,680			13			2,442
Restructuring charge reversal	(343		)	(430		)	(3		)	(776		)
Cash payments	(1,791		)	(3,617		)	(80		)	(5,488		)
Other non-cash	—			300			—			300
Balance as of March 31, 2015	$	189		$	4,657		$	—		$	4,846

Estimated timing of future payouts:	Severance and benefits		Facilities		Total
Fiscal 2016	$	75	$	3,780	$	3,855
Fiscal 2017 to 2021	114		877		991
	$	189	$	4,657	$	4,846

Facility restructuring accruals will be paid in accordance with the respective facility lease terms and amounts above are net of estimated sublease amounts.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	May 29, 2015	Sep. 30, 2014
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	QUANTUM CORP /DE/
Entity Central Index Key	0000709283
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2015
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2015
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Amendment Flag	false
Document and Entity Information		258,404,948
Trading Symbol	QTM
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Public Float			$ 197.1

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

Description of Stock Incentive Plans

2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan

We have a stockholder approved 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) which had 34.3 million shares authorized at March 31, 2015. There were 12.9 million shares available for grant and 18.7 million stock options and restricted shares that were outstanding under the Plan as of March 31, 2015, which expire at various times through April 2018.

Stock options under the Plan are granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value. The majority of restricted stock units granted to employees vest over three to four years. Stock option and restricted stock grants to nonemployee directors typically vest over one year. Both stock options and restricted stock units granted under the Plan are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates.

Other Stock Incentive Plans

In addition to the Plan, we have other stock incentive plans which are inactive for future share grant purposes, including plans assumed in acquisitions, under which stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted stock awards and long-term performance awards to employees, consultants, officers and affiliates were authorized (“Other Plans”).

Stock options granted and assumed under the Other Plans generally vest over one to four years and expire seven to ten years after the grant date, and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans generally vests over one to four years. The Other Plans have been terminated, and outstanding stock options and restricted stock units granted and assumed remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the respective Other Plan. Stock options and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates. Stock options under the Other Plans were granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value, and stock options assumed were governed by the respective acquisition agreement. Stock options under the Other Plans expire at various times through June 2021.

Stock Purchase Plan

We have an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”) that allows for the purchase of stock at a 15% discount to fair market value at the date of grant or the exercise date, whichever value is less. The Purchase Plan is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Purchase Plan is 64.3 million shares. As of March 31, 2015, 58.7 million shares had been issued. Under the Purchase Plan, rights to purchase shares are granted during the second and fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The Purchase Plan allows a maximum amount of two million shares to be purchased in any six month offering period. Employees purchased 2.8 million shares, 3.2 million shares and 3.8 million shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The weighted-average price of stock purchased under the Purchase Plan was $1.04, $1.07 and $1.17 in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There were 5.6 million shares available for issuance as of March 31, 2015.

Determining Fair Value

We use the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model for estimating fair value of stock options granted under our plans and rights to acquire stock granted under our Purchase Plan. We amortize the fair value of stock options on a ratable basis over the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods. The expected life of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. We determine the expected life based on historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, exercise patterns and post-vesting forfeitures. We estimate volatility based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the most recent period corresponding with the estimated expected life of the award. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes stock option valuation model on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent term equal to the expected life of the award. We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We use historical data to estimate forfeitures and record share-based compensation for those awards that are expected to vest. We adjust share-based compensation for actual forfeitures.

We granted 0.8 million RSUs with market conditions (“market RSUs”) in fiscal 2014 and estimated the fair value of these market RSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The number of market RSUs is dependent on Quantum’s common stock achieving certain 60-day average stock price targets as of specified dates, which vest immediately to two years after the specified dates. The Monte Carlo model requires the input of assumptions including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term in order to simulate a large number of possible outcomes to provide an estimated fair value of the market RSUs. We used an expected volatility of 66%, a risk free interest rate of 0.5% and expected terms of ten months, twenty-two months and thirty-four months that mirrors the various vesting dates of the awards. The estimated grant date fair value of the market RSUs was $0.7 million which will be recognized over the respective vesting periods of the awards.

We granted 2.4 million and 0.2 million of RSUs with performance conditions (“performance RSUs”) in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively, and the fair values of the performance RSUs at the grant date were $3.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively. Performance RSUs become eligible for vesting based on Quantum achieving certain revenue and operating income targets through the end of the fiscal year when the performance RSUs were granted. Share-based compensation expense for performance RSUs is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. The revenue and operating income targets of the fiscal 2015 performance RSUs were achieved and $0.4 million of share-based compensation expense was recognized during fiscal 2015. The performance RSUs granted in fiscal 2014 were canceled in accordance with the grant agreement as the revenue and operating income targets of fiscal 2014 were not met; and, therefore no share-based compensation expense was recognized.

Stock Options

No stock options were granted in fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013.

Restricted Stock

The fair value of our restricted stock is the intrinsic value as of the grant date.

Stock Purchase Plan

The weighted-average fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values during each fiscal period are as follows:

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Option life (in years)	0.5			0.5			0.5
Risk-free interest rate	0.07		%	0.07		%	0.13		%
Stock price volatility	36.58		%	43.71		%	69.73		%
Weighted-average grant date fair value	$	0.36		$	0.40		$	0.48

Share-Based Compensation Expense

The following tables summarize share-based compensation expense (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Share-based compensation expense:
Cost of revenue	$	1,489	$	1,963	$	2,389
Research and development	2,559		3,430		3,665
Sales and marketing	3,506		4,097		4,699
General and administrative	4,029		3,969		4,386
Total share-based compensation expense	$	11,583	$	13,459	$	15,139

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Share-based compensation by type of award:
Stock options	$	617	$	826	$	1,681
Restricted stock	10,102		11,356		11,630
Stock purchase plan	864		1,277		1,828
Total share-based compensation expense	$	11,583	$	13,459	$	15,139

The total share-based compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 was not material. During fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, no tax benefit was realized for the tax deduction from stock option exercises and other awards due to tax benefit carryforwards and tax ordering requirements.

As of March 31, 2015, there was less than $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted under our plans. This unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of less than one year. Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. We settle stock option exercises by issuing additional common shares.

As of March 31, 2015, there was $12.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock.The unrecognized compensation cost for restricted stock is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. Total fair value of awards vested during the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $7.7 million, $6.2 million and $7.4 million, respectively, based on the fair value of our common stock on the award's vest date. We issue additional common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units.

Stock Activity

Stock Options

A summary of activity relating to all of our stock option plans is as follows (stock options and intrinsic value in thousands):

	Stock Options		Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of March 31, 2014	7,997		$	1.78
Exercised	(866	)	0.97
Forfeited	(117	)	2.14
Expired	(2,070	)	2.83
Outstanding as of March 31, 2015	4,944		$	1.47	1.72	$	2,039
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2015	4,944		$	1.47	1.72	$	2,039
Exercisable as of March 31, 2015	4,916		$	1.46	1.71	$	2,039

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of March 31, 2015 (stock options in thousands):

Range of Exercise Prices			Stock Options Outstanding	Weighted- Average Exercise Price		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	Stock Options Exercisable	Weighted- Average Exercise Price
$0.11	—	$0.63	52	$	0.49	3.20	52	$	0.49
$0.77	—	$0.98	3,019	0.98		1.25	3,019	0.98
$1.00	—	$1.35	233	1.15		1.26	233	1.15
$1.61	—	$2.17	204	1.80		0.43	204	1.80
$2.52	—	$2.93	1,436	2.53		2.90	1,408	2.53
			4,944	$	1.47	1.72	4,916	$	1.46

Expiration dates ranged from April 2015 to June 2021 for stock options outstanding at March 31, 2015. Prices for stock options exercised during the three-year period ended March 31, 2015, ranged from $0.11 to $2.08.

Restricted Stock

A summary of activity relating to our restricted stock follows (shares in thousands):

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested as March 31, 2014	12,108		$	1.80
Granted	10,348		1.24
Vested	(6,013	)	2.10
Forfeited	(2,652	)	1.35
Nonvested as March 31, 2015	13,791		$	1.34

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - Schedule Of Future Minimum Lease Payments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015
Lease Payments
2016	$ 9,107
2017	6,610
2018	6,124
2019	5,523
2020	4,032
Thereafter	4,459
Total	35,855
Sublease Rental Income
2016	(587)
2017	(959)
2018	(936)
2019	(909)
2020	(943)
Thereafter	(813)
Total	(5,147)
Total
2016	8,520
2017	5,651
2018	5,188
2019	4,614
2020	3,089
Thereafter	3,646
Total	$ 30,708

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Income Statement [Abstract]
Product revenue	$ 355,579	$ 348,318	$ 398,910
Service revenue	155,674	147,199	144,037
Royalty revenue	41,842	57,648	44,492
Total revenue	553,095	553,165	587,439
Product cost of revenue	237,679	237,076	267,274
Service cost of revenue	70,730	75,930	79,604
Restructuring charges related to cost of revenue	0	539	0
Total cost of revenue	308,409	313,545	346,878
Gross margin	244,686	239,620	240,561
Operating expenses:
Research and development	58,618	64,375	73,960
Sales and marketing	113,954	118,771	136,873
General and administrative	56,513	57,865	62,017
Restructuring charges	1,666	10,675	10,171
Total operating expenses	230,751	251,686	283,021
Gain on sale of assets	462	267	0
Income (loss) from operations	14,397	(11,799)	(42,460)
Other income and expense	13,836	1,296	(216)
Interest expense	(9,460)	(9,754)	(8,342)
Loss on debt extinguishment	(1,295)	0	0
Income (loss) before income taxes	17,478	(20,257)	(51,018)
Income tax provision	718	1,217	1,161
Net income (loss)	$ 16,760	$ (21,474)	$ (52,179)
Basic net income (loss) per share	$ 0.07	$ (0.09)	$ (0.22)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$ 0.06	$ (0.09)	$ (0.22)
Weighted average shares:
Basic	254,665	247,024	239,855
Diluted	260,027	247,024	239,855

XML

ACQUISITION

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Business Combinations [Abstract]

ACQUISITION

ACQUISITION

On July 29, 2014, we acquired a majority of the assets of Symform, Inc., a Washington corporation, for cash of approximately $0.5 million. The assets, consisting primarily of Symform technology, were recorded as purchased technology and are expected to enhance our cloud software capabilities and service offerings for data protection and scale-out storage. This acquisition was recorded as a business combination and the effect was not material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of sales of hardware, software and services, as well as royalties we earn for the license of certain intellectual property. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products and services when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized and earned when: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and when collectability is reasonably assured. Royalty revenue is recognized when earned or amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Multiple Element Arrangements

We enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, and these arrangements require assessment of each deliverable to determine its estimated selling price. Additionally, we use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue. The majority of our products are hardware products which contain software essential to the overall functionality of the product. Hardware products are generally sold with customer field support agreements.

For arrangements with multiple elements, arrangement consideration is first allocated between software (consisting of nonessential and stand-alone software) and non-software deliverables on a relative fair value basis.

Arrangement consideration in such multiple element transactions is allocated to each non-software element based on the fair value hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. For BESP, we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices.

For software deliverables, we allocate revenue between multiple elements based on software revenue recognition guidance, which requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on VSOE. Where fair value of delivered elements is not available, revenue is recognized on the “residual method” based on the fair value of undelivered elements. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and recognized at the earlier of the delivery of those elements or the establishment of fair value of the remaining undelivered elements.

Product Revenue — Hardware

Revenue for hardware products sold to distributors, VARs, DMRs, OEMs and end users is generally recognized upon shipment. When significant post-delivery obligations exist, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled. If there are customer acceptance criteria in the contract, we recognize revenue upon end user acceptance.

In the period revenue is recognized, allowances are provided for estimated future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns. These allowances are based on programs in existence at the time revenue is recognized, plans regarding future price adjustments, the customers’ master agreements and historical product return rates. Since we have historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required, we recognize revenue, net of projected allowances, upon shipment to our customers. If we were unable to reliably estimate the amount of revenue adjustments in any specific reporting period, then we would be required to defer recognition of the revenue until the rights had lapsed and we were no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.

Product Revenue — Software

For software products, we generally recognize revenue upon delivery of the software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.

We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed our software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Service Revenue

Revenue for service is generally recognized upon services being rendered. Service revenue primarily consists of customer field support agreements for our hardware products. For customer field support agreements, revenue equal to the separately stated price of these service contracts for our hardware products is initially deferred and recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period.

Royalty Revenue

We license certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers under arrangements that are represented by master contracts. The master contracts give the third party manufacturers rights to the intellectual property which include allowing them to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in products for resale. As consideration, the licensees pay us a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate our intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Service Cost of Revenue

We classify expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of our total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to our customers under contract. These estimates are based upon a variety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which we earn service revenue. In the event our service business changes, our estimates of cost of service revenue may be impacted.

Shipping and Handling Fees

Shipping and handling fees are included in cost of revenue and were $12.3 million, $13.6 million and $16.0 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. We have determined that technological feasibility for our software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. We expense software-related research and development costs as incurred.

Advertising Expense

We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $7.6 million, $8.4 million and $8.2 million, respectively.

Restructuring Charges

In recent periods and over the past several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges related to the realignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges represent expenses incurred in connection with strategic planning, certain cost reduction programs and acquisition integrations that we have implemented and consist of the cost of involuntary termination benefits, facilities charges, asset write-offs and other costs of exiting activities or geographies.

The charges for involuntary termination costs and associated expenses often require the use of estimates, primarily related to the number of employees to be paid severance and the amounts to be paid, largely based on years of service and statutory requirements. Assumptions to estimate facility exit costs include the ability to secure sublease income largely based on market conditions, the likelihood and amounts of a negotiated settlement for contractual lease obligations and other exit costs. Other estimates for restructuring charges consist of the realizable value of assets including associated disposal costs and termination fees with third parties for other contractual commitments.

Share-Based Compensation

The majority of our share-based awards are measured based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, We use the Black-Scholes stock option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we use a Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. Both the Black-Scholes and Monte-Carlo models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected life, expected volatility and expected risk-free rate of return. Other reasonable assumptions in either model could provide differing results. We calculate a forfeiture rate to estimate the share-based awards that will ultimately vest based on types of awards and historical experience. Additionally, for awards which are performance based, we make estimates as to the probability of the underlying performance being achieved.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign offices and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of the entity. For a majority of our foreign operations, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of foreign offices with a local functional currency are translated, for consolidation purposes, at current exchange rates from the local currency to the reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. The resulting gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange gains and losses from changes in the exchange rates underlying intercompany balances that are of a long-term investment nature are also reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are remeasured each month with the remeasurement gain or loss recorded in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign currency gains and losses recorded in other income and expense were a $0.2 milliongain in fiscal 2015, a $0.3 milliongain in fiscal 2014 and a $0.5 millionloss in fiscal 2013.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments are carried at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair values of the derivative financial instruments generally represent the estimated amounts we would expect to receive or pay upon termination of the contracts as of the reporting date. We did not hold any material derivative instruments during fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013. 

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We also reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax charge to the provision.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. To the extent accrued interest and penalties do not become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made.

Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Other Investments

We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at fair value, which approximates their cost.

Restricted cash is comprised of bank guarantees and similar required minimum balances that serve as cash collateral in connection with various items including insurance requirements, value added taxes, ongoing tax audits and leases in certain countries.

Investments in private technology venture limited partnerships are currently accounted for using the equity method because we are deemed to have influence. Ownership interests in these limited partnerships are accounted for under the equity method unless our interest is so minor that we have virtually no influence over the partnership operating and financial policies, in which case the cost method is used.

Investments in other privately held companies are accounted for under the cost method unless we hold a significant stake. We review non-marketable equity investments on a regular basis to determine if there has been any impairment of value which is other than temporary by reviewing their financial information, gaining knowledge of any new financing or other business agreements and assessing their operating viability. In fiscal 2015, we sold our investment in a privately held company that was accounted for under the cost method and recorded a $13.6 million gain in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Investments in non-marketable equity investments are recorded in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and, for the majority of our customers, require no collateral. For customers that do not meet our credit standards, we often require a form of collateral, such as cash deposits or letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. These credit evaluations require significant judgment and are based on multiple sources of information. We analyze such factors as our historical bad debt experience, industry and geographic concentrations of credit risk, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and expected collectability of outstanding accounts receivable. We record bad debt expense in general and administrative expenses.

Manufacturing Inventories

Our manufacturing inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

Service Parts Inventories

Our service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We carry service parts because we generally provide product warranty for one to three years and earn revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond this warranty period. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. Defective parts returned from customers that can be repaired are repaired and put back into service parts inventories at their current carrying value. We record adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value, and we dispose of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Machinery and equipment	3 to 5 years
Computer equipment	3 to 5 years
ERP software	10 years
Other software	3 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 years
Other office equipment	5 years
Leasehold improvements	Life of lease

Amortizable Intangible and Other Long-lived Assets

We review the useful lives of amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets (“long-lived assets”) quarterly and review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The company operates as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes, and our impairment evaluation also treats the company as a single asset group. Impairment indicators we consider include a significant decrease in the market price of our long-lived asset group, adverse changes in the extent or manner in which our long-lived assets are being used, adverse changes in the business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets, a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of our long-lived assets and an expectation that it is more likely than not our long-lived assets will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful life. If we identify impairment indicators, we evaluate recoverability using an undiscounted cash flow approach. Estimates of future cash flows incorporate company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, and these factors are impacted by market conditions. If impairment is indicated, an impairment charge is recorded to write the long-lived assets down to their estimated fair value.

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. We operate as a single reporting unit and consider the company as a whole when reviewing impairment factors. In addition to comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value, because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount. Some of the impairment indicators we consider include significant differences between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of our assets and liabilities; macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic condition or limitations on accessing capital; industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which we operate and an increased competitive environment; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; other relevant events such as litigation, changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; the testing for recoverability of our long-lived assets and a sustained decrease in share price. We evaluate the significance of identified events and circumstances on the basis of the weight of evidence along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount, including positive mitigating events and circumstances. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step is performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment. If impairment is indicated, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded to write the goodwill down to its implied fair value.

Accrued Warranty

We generally warrant our hardware products against certain defects for periods ranging from 1 to 3 years from the date of sale. Our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions may carry service agreements with customers that choose to extend or upgrade the warranty service. We use a combination of internal resources and third party service providers to supply field service and support. If the actual costs were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen costs or cost reductions in subsequent periods.

We estimate future failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical rates of return are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rate. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products. It is reasonably likely that assumptions will be updated for failure rates and, therefore, our accrued warranty estimate could change in the future.

Business Combinations

We allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess purchase price above the identified net tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities is allocated to goodwill. We consider fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We estimate fair value using the fair value hierarchy for the tangible and intangible assets acquired as well as liabilities and contingencies assumed from the acquired company.

Common Stock Repurchases

During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market or private transactions. As of March 31, 2015 and 2014, there was $87.9 million remaining on our authorization to repurchase Quantum common stock. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of our Wells Fargo credit agreement.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We use exit prices, that is the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability, to measure assets and liabilities that are within the scope of the fair value measurements guidance. We classify these assets and liabilities based on the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted (observable) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3: Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of money market funds which are valued using quoted market prices at the respective balance sheet dates and are level 1 fair value measurements (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Money market funds	$	34,278	$	93,077

We have certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets include property and equipment, amortizable intangible assets and goodwill. We did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2014. We do not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Our financial liabilities were comprised primarily of convertible subordinated debt at March 31, 2015 and 2014. The carrying value and fair value based on quoted market prices in less active markets (level 2 fair value measurement) were as follows (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015				2014
	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Convertible subordinated debt	$	153,735	$	166,551	$	203,735	$	203,820

Risks and Uncertainties

As is typical in the information storage industry, a significant portion of our customer base is concentrated among a small number of OEMs, distributors and large VARs. The loss of any one of our more significant customers, or a significant decrease in the sales volume with one of these significant customers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, if there is a downturn in general economic conditions, the resulting effect on IT spending could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We also face risks and uncertainties since our competitors in one area may be customers or suppliers in another.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to increasingly rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products.

Concentration of Credit Risk

We currently invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks and in money market funds. In the past, we have also held investments in short-term debt securities of companies with strong credit ratings from a variety of industries, and we may make investments in these securities in the future. We have not experienced any material losses on these investments and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment.

We sell products to customers in a wide variety of industries on a worldwide basis. In countries or industries where we are exposed to material credit risk, we may require collateral, including cash deposits and letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. We do not believe we have significant credit risk beyond that provided for in the financial statements in the ordinary course of business.

Sales to our top five customers represented 31% of revenue in fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014 and 32% of revenue in fiscal 2013. We had no customers that comprised 10% or greater of revenue in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2013.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. ASU 2013-11 does not require new recurring disclosures. ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. We adopted ASU 2013-11 prospectively in the first quarter of fiscal 2015. Adoption did not impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue through the application of a five-step model, which includes identification of the contract, identification of the performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as the entity satisfies the performance obligations. ASU 2014-09 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2017, or fiscal 2018. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Topic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires that management assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. We plan to adopt ASU 2014-15 as of the end of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 and do not anticipate adoption will impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest(Topic 835-30):Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ("ASU 2015-03"). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We plan to adopt ASU 2015-03 beginning April 1, 2015 and we will reclassify debt issuance costs from other current and long-term assets to convertible subordinated debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets; we do not otherwise anticipate adoption will materially impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

XML

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The company operates in one reportable segment.

Revenue, attributed to regions based on the location of customers, and long-lived assets, comprised of property and equipment, by region were as follows (in thousands):

	As of and for the year ended March 31,
	2015				2014				2013
	Long- Lived Assets		Revenue		Long- Lived Assets		Revenue		Long-Lived Assets		Revenue
Americas	$	14,063	$	340,811	$	16,759	$	359,259	$	20,182	$	378,514
Europe	421		152,186		524		143,508		756		151,676
Asia Pacific	169		60,098		291		50,398		518		57,249
	$	14,653	$	553,095	$	17,574	$	553,165	$	21,456	$	587,439

Revenue for Americas regions outside of the United States is immaterial. Following are revenues attributable to each of our product groups, services and royalties (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Tape automation systems	$	152,205	$	174,438	$	206,112
Disk backup systems*	54,845		50,217		74,255
Devices and media	62,642		70,680		68,724
Scale-out storage solutions*	85,887		52,983		49,819
Service	155,674		147,199		144,037
Royalty	41,842		57,648		44,492
Total revenue	$	553,095	$	553,165	$	587,439

*Revenue from disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions was previously included in a caption entitled disk systems and software solutions. Previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation.

XML

401K PLAN

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

401K PLAN

401K PLAN

Substantially all of the U.S. employees are eligible to make contributions to our 401(k) savings and investment plan. We typically make discretionary contributions to the plan by matching a percentage of our employees’ contributions. Employer contributions were $2.4 million, $2.6 million and $2.8 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

XML

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 147,798	$ 142,063	$ 135,106	$ 128,128	$ 127,968	$ 145,869	$ 131,479	$ 147,849	$ 553,095	$ 553,165	$ 587,439
Gross margin	62,164	65,067	61,929	55,526	52,020	61,373	56,392	69,835	244,686	239,620	240,561
Net income (loss)	$ 12,905	$ 6,931	$ 1,248	$ (4,324)	$ (14,404)	$ (2,458)	$ (7,893)	$ 3,281	$ 16,760	$ (21,474)	$ (52,179)
Basic net income (loss) per share	$ 0.05	$ 0.03	$ 0.00	$ (0.02)					$ 0.07	$ (0.09)	$ (0.22)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$ 0.04	$ 0.03	$ 0.00	$ (0.02)					$ 0.06	$ (0.09)	$ (0.22)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share					$ (0.06)	$ (0.01)	$ (0.03)	$ 0.01

XML

ACCRUED WARRANTY

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Product Warranties Disclosures [Abstract]

ACCRUED WARRANTY

ACCRUED WARRANTY

The following table details the change in the accrued warranty balance (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014
Beginning balance	$	6,116		$	7,520
Additional warranties issued	6,146			8,508
Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years	(185		)	(228		)
Settlements	(7,858		)	(9,684		)
Ending balance	$	4,219		$	6,116

We warrant our products against certain defects for one to three years. A provision for estimated future costs and estimated returns for repair or replacement relating to warranty is recorded when products are shipped and revenue recognized. Our estimate of future costs to satisfy warranty obligations is primarily based on historical trends and, if believed to be significantly different from historical trends, estimates of future failure rates and future costs of repair. Future costs of repair include materials consumed in the repair, labor and overhead amounts necessary to perform the repair. If we determine in a future period that either actual failure rates or actual costs of repair were to differ from our estimates, we record the impact of those differences in that future period.

XML

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES - Schedule of Restructuring Expense (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Restructuring Costs [Abstract]
Restructuring expense related to cost of revenue	$ 0	$ 539	$ 0
Restructuring expense in operating expense	1,666	10,675	10,171
Restructuring expense	1,666	11,214	10,171
Restructuring Charges [Abstract]
Severance and benefits	406	6,139	8,251
Facilities	1,250	4,303	1,920
Other	10	772	0
Restructuring expense	$ 1,666	$ 11,214	$ 10,171

XML

BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Balance Sheet Related Disclosures [Abstract]

BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

BALANCE SHEET DETAILS

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Cash	$	36,291	$	8,808
Money market funds	34,278		93,077
	$	70,569	$	101,885

Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Finished goods	$	28,022	$	18,069
Work in process	58		1,056
Materials and purchased parts	22,194		15,690
	$	50,274	$	34,815

Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Finished goods	$	18,143	$	17,926
Component parts	6,497		7,703
	$	24,640	$	25,629

Property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015			2014
Machinery and equipment	$	122,339		$	119,783
Furniture and fixtures	5,816			6,127
Leasehold improvements	20,309			20,116
	148,464			146,026
Less: accumulated depreciation	(133,811		)	(128,452		)
	$	14,653		$	17,574

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

Intangible Assets

Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which generally range from one to eight years. In estimating the useful lives of intangible assets, we considered the following factors:

• The cash flow projections used to estimate the useful lives of the intangible assets showed a trend of growth that was expected to continue for an extended period of time;

• Our tape automation products, disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions, in particular, have long development cycles; these products have experienced long product life cycles; and

• Our ability to leverage core technology into data protection and scale-out storage solutions and, therefore, to extend the lives of these technologies.

Acquired IPR&D is amortized over its estimated useful life once technological feasibility is reached. If IPR&D is determined to not have technological feasibility or is abandoned, we write off the IPR&D in that period.

Following is the weighted average amortization period for our amortizable intangible assets:

	Amortization (Years)
Purchased technology	6.2
Trademarks	6.0
Customer lists	8.0
All intangible assets	6.7

Intangible amortization within our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014		2013
Purchased technology	$	913	$	1,476	$	3,775
Trademarks	—		—		244
Customer lists	2,784		7,426		9,280
	$	3,697	$	8,902	$	13,299

The following table provides a summary of the carrying value of intangible assets (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015							2014
	Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount		Gross Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Net Amount
Purchased technology	$	179,992	$	(179,261	)	$	731	$	179,475	$	(178,348	)	$	1,127
Trademarks	3,900		(3,900		)	—		3,900		(3,900		)	—
Customer lists	66,219		(66,219		)	—		76,019		(73,235		)	2,784
	$	250,111	$	(249,380	)	$	731	$	259,394	$	(255,483	)	$	3,911

The total expected future amortization related to amortizable intangible assets is provided in the table below (in thousands):

	Amortization
Fiscal 2016	$	280
Fiscal 2017	175
Fiscal 2018	138
Fiscal 2019	103
Fiscal 2020	35
Total as of March 31, 2015	$	731

We evaluate our amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever indicators of impairment exist and concluded the carrying amount of our long-lived assets was recoverable and there was no impairment in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013. In fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, we wrote off $9.8 million and $31.0 million, respectively, of fully amortized intangible assets related to prior acquisitions. In-process research and development of $0.1 million reached technological feasibility during fiscal 2014, was transferred to amortizable purchased technology intangible assets and is being amortized over its estimated useful life.

Goodwill

The following provides a summary of the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):

	Goodwill		Accumulated Impairment Losses			Net Amount
Balances as of March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014	$	394,613	$	(339,000	)	$	55,613

Our annual impairment evaluation for goodwill in the fourth quarters of fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013 did not indicate any impairment of our goodwill in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

XML

DEBT

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

DEBT

DEBT

Convertible Subordinated Debt

4.50% Notes

On October 31, 2012, we issued $60 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017, and on November 6, 2012 we issued an additional $10 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 pursuant to an over-allotment provision (“4.50% notes”). These notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion rate of 607.1645 shares per $1,000 principal amount, a conversion price of approximately $1.65 per share. We may not redeem the notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 4.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2017 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the 4.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 4.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 4.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year beginning in May 2013. Interest began to accrue on October 31, 2012. The terms of the 4.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated October 31, 2012 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 4.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. We incurred and capitalized $2.3 million of fees for the 4.50% notes which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes.

3.50% Notes

On November 15, 2010, we issued $135 million aggregate principal amount of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 with a conversion price of $4.33 per share of our common stock (“3.50% notes”). We may not redeem the 3.50% notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 3.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2015 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the 3.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 3.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 3.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The terms of the 3.50% notes are governed by an agreement dated November 15, 2010 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 3.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. During fiscal 2015, the 3.50% notes were reclassified from convertible subordinated debt, long-term to convertible subordinated debt, current as they are due November 15, 2015. We incurred and capitalized $5 million of loan fees in fiscal 2011 for the 3.50% notes which are included in other current assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes.

On March 11, 2014, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $1.3 million of aggregate principal amount of notes for $1.3 million. On January 28, 2015, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $50 million of aggregate principal amount for $51 million . In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1 million from the notes purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes. We also paid accrued interest on the purchased notes of $0.4 million. We funded these transactions using cash on hand.

Wells Fargo Credit Agreement

On March 29, 2012, we refinanced the secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse by entering into a senior secured credit agreement (“WF credit agreement”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. We incurred and capitalized $1.0 million of fees related to the WF credit agreement which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the WF credit agreement in the Consolidated Statements of Operations .

On April 24, 2014, the WF credit agreement was amended to allow us to use proceeds from the credit agreement to repay the convertible subordinated notes so long as we have a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.5 and liquidity of $25 million. The amendment also impacted the available line, maturity date and certain covenants and compliance obligations which are reflected below. In addition, there were amendments in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, including an amendment to allow the assignment of one third of the total revolver commitment to Silicon Valley Bank and other conforming and related modifications.

Under the WF credit agreement, as amended, we have the ability to borrow the lesser of $75 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base under a senior secured revolving credit facility. The WF credit agreement matures March 29, 2017 so long as an amount sufficient to repay the 3.50% notes is available for borrowing under the WF credit agreement or is deposited in a WF controlled account prior to August 16, 2015. Otherwise, the WF credit agreement matures on August 16, 2015. Quarterly, we are required to pay a .375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility.

There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and reporting covenants. We have letters of credit totaling $1 million, reducing the maximum amount available to borrow by this amount at March 31, 2015.

The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. The base rate is defined in the WF credit agreement.

The WF credit agreement contains customary covenants, including cross-default provisions, as well as financial covenants. Average liquidity must exceed $15 million each month. The fixed charge coverage ratio is required to be greater than 1.2 for the 12 month period ending on the last day of any month in which the covenant is applicable. This covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5 million at any time during the month and was not applicable in fiscal 2015. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits and Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain liquidity of at least $20 million at all times. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity and liquidity are defined in the WF credit agreement and/or amendments. Certain schedules in the compliance certificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $5 million; otherwise they are to be filed quarterly.

As of March 31, 2015, and during fiscal 2015, we were in compliance with all covenants and had no outstanding balance on the line of credit.

Debt Maturities

A summary of the scheduled maturities for our outstanding debt as of March 31, 2015 follows (in thousands):

	Debt Maturity
Fiscal 2016	$	83,735
Fiscal 2017	—
Fiscal 2018	70,000
Total as of March 31, 2015	$	153,735

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - Narrative (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			36 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares granted, stock awards	10,348,000
Share-based compensation expense	$ 11,583,000	$ 13,459,000	$ 15,139,000
Restricted stock
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized compensation cost	12,400,000			12,400,000
Weighted-average period for recognition	1 year 6 months 20 days
Fair value of awards released	7,700,000	6,200,000	7,400,000
Stock options
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Pricing model used in estimating grant-date fair value	Black-Scholes
Unrecognized compensation cost	100,000			100,000
Weighted-average period for recognition	1 year
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	400,000	400,000	300,000
Stock options | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Prices for stock options exercised				$ 0.11
Stock options | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Prices for stock options exercised				$ 2.08
Performance RSUs
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Number of shares granted, stock awards	2,400,000	200,000
Fair value at the grant date	3,000,000	200,000
Share-based compensation expense	400,000
Market RSUs
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Pricing model used in estimating grant-date fair value	Monte-Carlo	Monte Carlo
Number of days over average stock price is calculated		60 days
Number of shares granted, stock awards		800,000
Expected volatility rate		66.00%
Risk free interest rate		0.50%
Fair value at the grant date		$ 700,000
2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total shares authorized	34,300,000.0			34,300,000.0
Shares available for grant	12,900,000			12,900,000
Stock options and restricted shares outstanding	18,700,000			18,700,000
2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan | Restricted Stock Units | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	3 years
2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan | Restricted Stock Units | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	4 years
2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan | Market RSUs | Vesting Date One
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term		10 months
2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan | Market RSUs | Vesting Date Two
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term		22 months
2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan | Market RSUs | Vesting Date Three
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected term		34 months
2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan | Market RSUs | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period		2 years
Other Stock Incentive Plans | Restricted stock
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	1 year
Other Stock Incentive Plans | Restricted stock | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	1 year
Other Stock Incentive Plans | Restricted stock | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	4 years
Other Stock Incentive Plans | Stock options | Minimum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	1 year
Stock options granted contractual terms	7 years
Other Stock Incentive Plans | Stock options | Maximum
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period	4 years
Stock options granted contractual terms	10 years
Stock purchase plan
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Total shares authorized	64,300,000.0			64,300,000.0
Shares available for grant	5,600,000			5,600,000
Discount on market price to purchase stock	15.00%
Shares issued	58,700,000			58,700,000
Maximum amount of shares to be purchased in any offering period	2,000,000
Duration of offering periods	6 months
Number of shares purchased	2,800,000	3,200,000	3,800,000
Weighted-average price of stock purchased	$ 1.04	$ 1.07	$ 1.17	$ 1.04
Expected volatility rate	36.58%	43.71%	69.73%
Risk free interest rate	0.07%	0.07%	0.13%
Expected term	6 months	6 months	6 months

XML

SCHEDULE II CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS (Details) (Allowance for doubtful accounts, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Movement in Valuation Allowances and Reserves [Roll Forward]
Balance at beginning of period	$ 27	$ 88	$ 62	$ 217
Net additions (releases) charged to expense	40	(39)	3
Deductions	(101)	65	(158)
Balance at end of period	$ 27	$ 88	$ 62	$ 217

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - Schedule of Share-based Compensation Expense (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Share-based compensation expense:
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 11,583	$ 13,459	$ 15,139
Cost of revenue
Share-based compensation expense:
Total share-based compensation expense	1,489	1,963	2,389
Research and development
Share-based compensation expense:
Total share-based compensation expense	2,559	3,430	3,665
Sales and marketing
Share-based compensation expense:
Total share-based compensation expense	3,506	4,097	4,699
General and administrative
Share-based compensation expense:
Total share-based compensation expense	$ 4,029	$ 3,969	$ 4,386

XML

RESTRUCTURING CHARGES - Schedule of Estimated Timing of Future Payouts (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	$ 4,846
Fiscal 2016
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	3,855
Fiscal 2017 to 2021
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	991
Severance and benefits
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	189
Severance and benefits | Fiscal 2016
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	75
Severance and benefits | Fiscal 2017 to 2021
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	114
Facilities
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	4,657
Facilities | Fiscal 2016
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	3,780
Facilities | Fiscal 2017 to 2021
Restructuring Cost and Reserve [Line Items]
Estimated timing of future payouts	$ 877

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of pre-tax income (loss)

Pre-tax income (loss) reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
U.S	$	13,507	$	(22,549	)	$	(52,940	)
Foreign	3,971		2,292			1,922
	$	17,478	$	(20,257	)	$	(51,018	)

Schedule of income tax provision

Income tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014		2013
Federal:	$	(138	)	$	—	$	—
State:
Current	125			76		231
Foreign:
Current	890			1,096		1,090
Deferred	(159		)	45		(160		)
Total foreign	731			1,141		930
Income tax provision	$	718		$	1,217	$	1,161

Schedule of federal income tax rate reconciliation

The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate	$	6,117		$	(7,090	)	$	(17,856	)
State taxes	125			76			300
Unbenefited (benefited) losses and credits	(4,727		)	7,974			18,715
Contingent tax reserves	103			460			(130		)
Foreign rate differential	(778		)	(218		)	120
Other	(122		)	15			12
	$	718		$	1,217		$	1,161

Schedule of components of deferred tax assets and liabilities

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015			2014
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation method	$	1,588		$	1,742
Accrued warranty expense	1,624			2,336
Distribution reserves	4,283			1,950
Loss carryforwards	75,262			81,012
Tax credits	185,578			191,372
Restructuring charge accruals	1,866			3,191
Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes	34,490			32,465
	304,691			314,068
Less valuation allowance	(252,475		)	(261,337		)
Deferred tax asset	$	52,216		$	52,731
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation	$	(4,302	)	$	(3,570	)
Acquired intangibles	(4,920		)	(2,794		)
Tax on unremitted foreign earnings	(15,968		)	(17,245		)
Other	(26,093		)	(28,330		)
Deferred tax liability	$	(51,283	)	$	(51,939	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	933		$	792

Reconciliation of gross unrecognized tax benefits

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
Beginning balance	$	32,449	$	32,549		$	32,744
Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements	—		(488		)	(60		)
Lapse of statute of limitations	—		—			(135		)
Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period	—		388			—
Ending balance	$	32,449	$	32,449		$	32,549

XML

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL - Schedule of Intangible Amortization (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible amortization	$ 3,697	$ 8,902	$ 13,299
Purchased technology
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible amortization	913	1,476	3,775
Trademarks
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible amortization	0	0	244
Customer lists
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible amortization	$ 2,784	$ 7,426	$ 9,280

XML

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Equity Instruments Outstanding

We have stock options and restricted stock units granted under various stock incentive plans that, upon exercise and vesting, respectively, would increase shares outstanding. We have 4.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $1.65 per share. We also have 3.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $4.33 per share. Both the 4.50% and the 3.50% notes, if converted, would increase shares outstanding.

In June 2009, we issued a warrant to EMC Corporation to purchase 10 million shares of our common stock at a $0.38 per share exercise price. Only in the event of a change of control of Quantum will this warrant vest and be exercisable. The warrant expires seven years from the date of issuance or three years after change of control, whichever occurs first. Due to these terms, no share-based compensation expense related to this warrant has been recorded to date.

Net Income (Loss) per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per-share data):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
Numerator:
Net income (loss)	$	16,760	$	(21,474	)	$	(52,179	)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares:
Basic	254,665		247,024			239,855
Dilutive shares from stock plans	5,362		—			—
Diluted	260,027		247,024			239,855
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	0.07	$	(0.09	)	$	(0.22	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	0.06		(0.09		)	(0.22		)

Dilutive and potentially dilutive common shares from stock incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding options and the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units. The dilutive impact related to our convertible subordinated notes is determined by applying the if-converted method, which includes adding the related weighted average shares to the denominator and the related interest expense to net income.

The computations of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented exclude the following because the effect would have been anti-dilutive:

• For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were 29.0 million, 31.1 million and 31.2 million, respectively, of weighted average shares related to the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes that were excluded. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, $5.3 million, $5.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of related interest expense was excluded.

• For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, there were 42.5 million, 42.5 million and 17.6 million, respectively, of weighted average shares related to the 4.50% of convertible subordinated notes that were excluded. For fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, $3.6 million, $3.6 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of related interest expense was excluded.

• Stock options to purchase 2.4 million, 12.8 million and 17.3 million weighted average shares in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were excluded.

• Unvested restricted stock units of less than 0.1 million, 11.0 million, and 10.1 million weighted average shares for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were excluded.

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Revenue consists of sales of hardware, software and services, as well as royalties we earn for the license of certain intellectual property. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products and services when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized and earned when: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and when collectability is reasonably assured. Royalty revenue is recognized when earned or amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Multiple Element Arrangements

We enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, and these arrangements require assessment of each deliverable to determine its estimated selling price. Additionally, we use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue. The majority of our products are hardware products which contain software essential to the overall functionality of the product. Hardware products are generally sold with customer field support agreements.

For arrangements with multiple elements, arrangement consideration is first allocated between software (consisting of nonessential and stand-alone software) and non-software deliverables on a relative fair value basis.

Arrangement consideration in such multiple element transactions is allocated to each non-software element based on the fair value hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. For BESP, we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices.

For software deliverables, we allocate revenue between multiple elements based on software revenue recognition guidance, which requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on VSOE. Where fair value of delivered elements is not available, revenue is recognized on the “residual method” based on the fair value of undelivered elements. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and recognized at the earlier of the delivery of those elements or the establishment of fair value of the remaining undelivered elements.

Product Revenue — Hardware

Revenue for hardware products sold to distributors, VARs, DMRs, OEMs and end users is generally recognized upon shipment. When significant post-delivery obligations exist, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled. If there are customer acceptance criteria in the contract, we recognize revenue upon end user acceptance.

In the period revenue is recognized, allowances are provided for estimated future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns. These allowances are based on programs in existence at the time revenue is recognized, plans regarding future price adjustments, the customers’ master agreements and historical product return rates. Since we have historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required, we recognize revenue, net of projected allowances, upon shipment to our customers. If we were unable to reliably estimate the amount of revenue adjustments in any specific reporting period, then we would be required to defer recognition of the revenue until the rights had lapsed and we were no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.

Product Revenue — Software

For software products, we generally recognize revenue upon delivery of the software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue and recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.

We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed our software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Service Revenue

Revenue for service is generally recognized upon services being rendered. Service revenue primarily consists of customer field support agreements for our hardware products. For customer field support agreements, revenue equal to the separately stated price of these service contracts for our hardware products is initially deferred and recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period.

Royalty Revenue

We license certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers under arrangements that are represented by master contracts. The master contracts give the third party manufacturers rights to the intellectual property which include allowing them to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in products for resale. As consideration, the licensees pay us a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate our intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Service Cost of Revenue

Service Cost of Revenue

We classify expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of our total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to our customers under contract. These estimates are based upon a variety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which we earn service revenue. In the event our service business changes, our estimates of cost of service revenue may be impacted.

Shipping and Handling Fees

Shipping and Handling Fees

Shipping and handling fees are included in cost of revenue and were $12.3 million, $13.6 million and $16.0 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

Research and Development Costs

Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. We have determined that technological feasibility for our software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. We expense software-related research and development costs as incurred.

Advertising Expense

Advertising Expense

We expense advertising costs as incurred.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring Charges

In recent periods and over the past several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges related to the realignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges represent expenses incurred in connection with strategic planning, certain cost reduction programs and acquisition integrations that we have implemented and consist of the cost of involuntary termination benefits, facilities charges, asset write-offs and other costs of exiting activities or geographies.

The charges for involuntary termination costs and associated expenses often require the use of estimates, primarily related to the number of employees to be paid severance and the amounts to be paid, largely based on years of service and statutory requirements. Assumptions to estimate facility exit costs include the ability to secure sublease income largely based on market conditions, the likelihood and amounts of a negotiated settlement for contractual lease obligations and other exit costs. Other estimates for restructuring charges consist of the realizable value of assets including associated disposal costs and termination fees with third parties for other contractual commitments.

Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Compensation

The majority of our share-based awards are measured based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant, We use the Black-Scholes stock option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we use a Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. Both the Black-Scholes and Monte-Carlo models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected life, expected volatility and expected risk-free rate of return. Other reasonable assumptions in either model could provide differing results. We calculate a forfeiture rate to estimate the share-based awards that will ultimately vest based on types of awards and historical experience. Additionally, for awards which are performance based, we make estimates as to the probability of the underlying performance being achieved.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign offices and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of the entity. For a majority of our foreign operations, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of foreign offices with a local functional currency are translated, for consolidation purposes, at current exchange rates from the local currency to the reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. The resulting gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange gains and losses from changes in the exchange rates underlying intercompany balances that are of a long-term investment nature are also reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are remeasured each month with the remeasurement gain or loss recorded in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative Instruments

Derivative instruments are carried at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair values of the derivative financial instruments generally represent the estimated amounts we would expect to receive or pay upon termination of the contracts as of the reporting date. We did not hold any material derivative instruments during fiscal 2015, 2014 or 2013. 

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We also reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax charge to the provision.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. To the extent accrued interest and penalties do not become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made.

Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Other Investments

Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Other Investments

We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at fair value, which approximates their cost.

Restricted cash is comprised of bank guarantees and similar required minimum balances that serve as cash collateral in connection with various items including insurance requirements, value added taxes, ongoing tax audits and leases in certain countries.

Investments in private technology venture limited partnerships are currently accounted for using the equity method because we are deemed to have influence. Ownership interests in these limited partnerships are accounted for under the equity method unless our interest is so minor that we have virtually no influence over the partnership operating and financial policies, in which case the cost method is used.

Investments in other privately held companies are accounted for under the cost method unless we hold a significant stake. We review non-marketable equity investments on a regular basis to determine if there has been any impairment of value which is other than temporary by reviewing their financial information, gaining knowledge of any new financing or other business agreements and assessing their operating viability.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and, for the majority of our customers, require no collateral. For customers that do not meet our credit standards, we often require a form of collateral, such as cash deposits or letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. These credit evaluations require significant judgment and are based on multiple sources of information. We analyze such factors as our historical bad debt experience, industry and geographic concentrations of credit risk, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and expected collectability of outstanding accounts receivable. We record bad debt expense in general and administrative expenses.

Manufacturing Inventories

Manufacturing Inventories

Our manufacturing inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost computed on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

Service Parts Inventories

Service Parts Inventories

Our service parts inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. We carry service parts because we generally provide product warranty for one to three years and earn revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond this warranty period. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. Defective parts returned from customers that can be repaired are repaired and put back into service parts inventories at their current carrying value. We record adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value, and we dispose of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Machinery and equipment	3 to 5 years
Computer equipment	3 to 5 years
ERP software	10 years
Other software	3 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 years
Other office equipment	5 years
Leasehold improvements	Life of lease

Amortizable Intangible and Other Long-lived Assets

Amortizable Intangible and Other Long-lived Assets

We review the useful lives of amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets (“long-lived assets”) quarterly and review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. The company operates as a single reporting unit for business and operating purposes, and our impairment evaluation also treats the company as a single asset group. Impairment indicators we consider include a significant decrease in the market price of our long-lived asset group, adverse changes in the extent or manner in which our long-lived assets are being used, adverse changes in the business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets, a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with the use of our long-lived assets and an expectation that it is more likely than not our long-lived assets will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful life. If we identify impairment indicators, we evaluate recoverability using an undiscounted cash flow approach. Estimates of future cash flows incorporate company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, and these factors are impacted by market conditions. If impairment is indicated, an impairment charge is recorded to write the long-lived assets down to their estimated fair value.

Goodwill

Goodwill

We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. We operate as a single reporting unit and consider the company as a whole when reviewing impairment factors. In addition to comparing the carrying value of the reporting unit to its fair value, because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount. Some of the impairment indicators we consider include significant differences between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of our assets and liabilities; macroeconomic conditions such as a deterioration in general economic condition or limitations on accessing capital; industry and market considerations such as a deterioration in the environment in which we operate and an increased competitive environment; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; other relevant events such as litigation, changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; the testing for recoverability of our long-lived assets and a sustained decrease in share price. We evaluate the significance of identified events and circumstances on the basis of the weight of evidence along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount, including positive mitigating events and circumstances. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step is performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment. If impairment is indicated, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded to write the goodwill down to its implied fair value.

Accrued Warranty

Accrued Warranty

We generally warrant our hardware products against certain defects for periods ranging from 1 to 3 years from the date of sale. Our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions may carry service agreements with customers that choose to extend or upgrade the warranty service. We use a combination of internal resources and third party service providers to supply field service and support. If the actual costs were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen costs or cost reductions in subsequent periods.

We estimate future failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical rates of return are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rate. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products. It is reasonably likely that assumptions will be updated for failure rates and, therefore, our accrued warranty estimate could change in the future.

Business Combinations

Business Combinations

We allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess purchase price above the identified net tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities is allocated to goodwill. We consider fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We estimate fair value using the fair value hierarchy for the tangible and intangible assets acquired as well as liabilities and contingencies assumed from the acquired company.

Common Stock Repurchases

Common Stock Repurchases

During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market or private transactions. As of March 31, 2015 and 2014, there was $87.9 million remaining on our authorization to repurchase Quantum common stock. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of our Wells Fargo credit agreement.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

We use exit prices, that is the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability, to measure assets and liabilities that are within the scope of the fair value measurements guidance. We classify these assets and liabilities based on the following fair value hierarchy:

Level 1: Quoted (observable) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3: Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of money market funds which are valued using quoted market prices at the respective balance sheet dates and are level 1 fair value measurements (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Money market funds	$	34,278	$	93,077

We have certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets include property and equipment, amortizable intangible assets and goodwill. We did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in fiscal 2015 or fiscal 2014. We do not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Our financial liabilities were comprised primarily of convertible subordinated debt at March 31, 2015 and 2014. The carrying value and fair value based on quoted market prices in less active markets (level 2 fair value measurement) were as follows (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015				2014
	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Convertible subordinated debt	$	153,735	$	166,551	$	203,735	$	203,820

Risks and Uncertainties

Risks and Uncertainties

As is typical in the information storage industry, a significant portion of our customer base is concentrated among a small number of OEMs, distributors and large VARs. The loss of any one of our more significant customers, or a significant decrease in the sales volume with one of these significant customers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, if there is a downturn in general economic conditions, the resulting effect on IT spending could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We also face risks and uncertainties since our competitors in one area may be customers or suppliers in another.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to increasingly rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

We currently invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks and in money market funds. In the past, we have also held investments in short-term debt securities of companies with strong credit ratings from a variety of industries, and we may make investments in these securities in the future. We have not experienced any material losses on these investments and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment.

We sell products to customers in a wide variety of industries on a worldwide basis. In countries or industries where we are exposed to material credit risk, we may require collateral, including cash deposits and letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. We do not believe we have significant credit risk beyond that provided for in the financial statements in the ordinary course of business.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists (“ASU 2013-11”). ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward, or similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward, rather than as a liability when (1) the uncertain tax position would reduce the NOL or other carryforward under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction and (2) the entity intends to use the deferred tax asset for that purpose. ASU 2013-11 does not require new recurring disclosures. ASU 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. We adopted ASU 2013-11 prospectively in the first quarter of fiscal 2015. Adoption did not impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue through the application of a five-step model, which includes identification of the contract, identification of the performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as the entity satisfies the performance obligations. ASU 2014-09 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2017, or fiscal 2018. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Topic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires that management assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. We plan to adopt ASU 2014-15 as of the end of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 and do not anticipate adoption will impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest(Topic 835-30):Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs ("ASU 2015-03"). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by ASU 2015-03. ASU 2015-03 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We plan to adopt ASU 2015-03 beginning April 1, 2015 and we will reclassify debt issuance costs from other current and long-term assets to convertible subordinated debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets; we do not otherwise anticipate adoption will materially impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

XML

BALANCE SHEET DETAILS - Schedule of Property and Equipment (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 148,464	$ 146,026
Less: accumulated depreciation	(133,811)	(128,452)
Property and equipment, net	14,653	17,574	21,456
Machinery and equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	122,339	119,783
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	5,816	6,127
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property and equipment, gross	$ 20,309	$ 20,116

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Schedule of Property and Equipment Useful Lives (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015
Machinery and equipment | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Machinery and equipment | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	5 years
Computer equipment | Minimum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Computer equipment | Maximum
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	5 years
ERP software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	10 years
Other software
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	3 years
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	5 years
Other office equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life	5 years
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Estimated useful life of leasehold improvements	Life of lease

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Statement of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income (loss)	$ 16,760	$ (21,474)	$ (52,179)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(3,490)	679	(583)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balances, net of taxes of $200, $(67) and $51, respectively	750	(251)	192
Total other comprehensive income (loss)	(2,740)	428	(391)
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$ 14,020	$ (21,046)	$ (52,570)

XML

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), is a leading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing, transforming and preserving digital assets over the entire data lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to large/multi-national enterprises, trust us to address their most demanding content workflow challenges. We provide solutions for storing and protecting information in physical, virtual and cloud environments that are designed to help customers Be Certain™ they have an end-to-end storage foundation to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Quantum and our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the period. We base estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions about the future that are believed to be reasonable based on available information. Our reported financial position or results of operations may be materially different under different conditions or when using different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies, which are discussed below. In the event that estimates or assumptions prove to differ from actual results, adjustments are made in the current period to reflect this current information.

XML

DEBT - Narrative (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Nov. 06, 2012	Mar. 31, 2011	Mar. 29, 2012	Apr. 24, 2014	Jan. 28, 2015	Mar. 11, 2014	Nov. 15, 2010
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Loss on debt extinguishment	$ 1,295,000	$ 0	$ 0
Accrued interest paid	8,498,000	8,247,000	5,672,000
4.50% Convertible Subordinated Debt
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate per annum on the principal amount (as a percent)				4.50%
Principal amount outstanding				60,000,000
Debt due date	Nov. 15, 2017
Additional aggregate principal amount of debt issued					10,000,000
Conversion rate				607.1645
Conversion ratio applied per principal amount				1,000
Conversion price (usd per share)	$ 1.65			$ 1.65
Latest date that investors may convert notes into common stock	Nov. 14, 2017
Capitalized debt issuance costs			2,300,000
3.50% Convertible Subordinated Debt
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate per annum on the principal amount (as a percent)											3.50%
Principal amount outstanding											135,000,000
Debt due date	Nov. 15, 2015
Conversion price (usd per share)	$ 4.33										$ 4.33
Latest date that investors may convert notes into common stock	Nov. 14, 2015
Capitalized debt issuance costs						5,000,000
Repurchased principal amount									50,000,000	1,300,000
Repurchase amount									51,000,000	1,300,000
Loss on debt extinguishment	1,300,000
Loss from notes purchased	1,000,000
Write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs	300,000
Accrued interest paid	400,000
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Capitalized debt issuance costs							1,000,000
Fixed charge coverage ratio								1.5
Amount of liquidity to be below for covenant to be applicable	15,000,000							25,000,000
Line of credit facility, fixed charge coverage ratio								1.2
Line of credit facility, fixed charge coverage ratio, period when covenant is applied	12 months
Amount of borrowings, if exceeded, increase the filing compliance certificates to monthly rather than quarterly	5,000,000
Line of credit facility, amount of liquidity required to avoid audits								20,000,000
Amount of borrowings, if exceeded, increase the filing of compliance certificates to monthly rather than quarterly								5,000,000
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement | Base rate | Minimum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate margin								1.00%
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement | Base rate | Maximum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate margin								1.50%
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement | LIBOR | Minimum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate margin								2.00%
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement | LIBOR | Maximum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate margin								2.50%
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement | Revolving Credit Facility
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of credit facility, maximum borrowing amount								75,000,000
Line of credit facility, expiration date	Mar. 29, 2017
Line of credit facility, frequency of commitment fee payment	Quarterly
Line of credit facility, percent commitment fee on undrawn amounts	0.375%
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement | Letter of Credit
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of credit facility, letters of credit outstanding	$ 1,000,000

XML

GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION - Schedule of Revenue and Long-Lived Assets by Region (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Long- Lived Assets	$ 14,653				$ 17,574				$ 14,653	$ 17,574	$ 21,456
Revenue	147,798	142,063	135,106	128,128	127,968	145,869	131,479	147,849	553,095	553,165	587,439
Americas
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Long- Lived Assets	14,063				16,759				14,063	16,759	20,182
Revenue									340,811	359,259	378,514
Europe
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Long- Lived Assets	421				524				421	524	756
Revenue									152,186	143,508	151,676
Asia Pacific
Revenues from External Customers and Long-Lived Assets [Line Items]
Long- Lived Assets	169				291				169	291	518
Revenue									$ 60,098	$ 50,398	$ 57,249

XML

STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - Schedule of Options Outstanding and Exercisable, by Exercise Price Range (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Stock Options Outstanding	4,944	7,997
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 1.47	$ 1.78
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	1 year 8 months 20 days
Stock Options Exercisable	4,916
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 1.46
Exercise Price Range 1
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 0.11
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 0.63
Stock Options Outstanding	52
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 0.49
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	3 years 2 months 12 days
Stock Options Exercisable	52
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 0.49
Exercise Price Range 2
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 0.77
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 0.98
Stock Options Outstanding	3,019
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 0.98
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	1 year 3 months 0 days
Stock Options Exercisable	3,019
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 0.98
Exercise Price Range 3
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 1
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 1.35
Stock Options Outstanding	233
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 1.15
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	1 year 3 months 3 days
Stock Options Exercisable	233
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 1.15
Exercise Price Range 4
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 1.61
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 2.17
Stock Options Outstanding	204
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 1.80
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	0 years 5 months 5 days
Stock Options Exercisable	204
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 1.80
Exercise Price Range 5
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Range of Exercise Prices, Minimum	$ 2.52
Range of Exercise Prices, Maximum	$ 2.93
Stock Options Outstanding	1,436
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 2.53
Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)	2 years 10 months 25 days
Stock Options Exercisable	1,408
Weighted- Average Exercise Price	$ 2.53

XML

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Schedule of property and equipment estimated useful lives

Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Machinery and equipment	3 to 5 years
Computer equipment	3 to 5 years
ERP software	10 years
Other software	3 years
Furniture and fixtures	5 years
Other office equipment	5 years
Leasehold improvements	Life of lease

Schedule of assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis

The assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of money market funds which are valued using quoted market prices at the respective balance sheet dates and are level 1 fair value measurements (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015		2014
Money market funds	$	34,278	$	93,077

Schedule of carrying value and fair value of financial liabilities

The carrying value and fair value based on quoted market prices in less active markets (level 2 fair value measurement) were as follows (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015				2014
	Carrying Value		Fair Value		Carrying Value		Fair Value
Convertible subordinated debt	$	153,735	$	166,551	$	203,735	$	203,820

XML

INCOME TAXES - Schedule of Income Tax Rate Reconciliation Amount (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate	$ 6,117	$ (7,090)	$ (17,856)
State taxes	125	76	300
Unbenefited (benefited) losses and credits	(4,727)	7,974	18,715
Contingent tax reserves	103	460	(130)
Foreign rate differential	(778)	(218)	120
Other	(122)	15	12
Income tax provision	$ 718	$ 1,217	$ 1,161

XML

UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Quarterly Financial Information

	For the year ended March 31, 2015
(In thousands, except per share data)	1st Quarter			2nd Quarter		3rd Quarter		4th Quarter
Revenue	$	128,128		$	135,106	$	142,063	$	147,798
Gross margin	55,526			61,929		65,067		62,164
Net income (loss)	(4,324		)	1,248		6,931		12,905
Basic net income (loss) per share	(0.02		)	0.00		0.03		0.05
Diluted net income (loss) per share	(0.02		)	0.00		0.03		0.04

	For the year ended March 31, 2014
	1st Quarter		2nd Quarter			3rd Quarter			4th Quarter
Revenue	$	147,849	$	131,479		$	145,869		$	127,968
Gross margin	69,835		56,392			61,373			52,020
Net income (loss)	3,281		(7,893		)	(2,458		)	(14,404		)
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share	0.01		(0.03		)	(0.01		)	(0.06		)

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2015

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

INCOME TAXES

Pre-tax income (loss) reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
U.S	$	13,507	$	(22,549	)	$	(52,940	)
Foreign	3,971		2,292			1,922
	$	17,478	$	(20,257	)	$	(51,018	)

Income tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014		2013
Federal:	$	(138	)	$	—	$	—
State:
Current	125			76		231
Foreign:
Current	890			1,096		1,090
Deferred	(159		)	45		(160		)
Total foreign	731			1,141		930
Income tax provision	$	718		$	1,217	$	1,161

The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35% to income (loss) before income taxes as follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015			2014			2013
Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate	$	6,117		$	(7,090	)	$	(17,856	)
State taxes	125			76			300
Unbenefited (benefited) losses and credits	(4,727		)	7,974			18,715
Contingent tax reserves	103			460			(130		)
Foreign rate differential	(778		)	(218		)	120
Other	(122		)	15			12
	$	718		$	1,217		$	1,161

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

	As of March 31,
	2015			2014
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory valuation method	$	1,588		$	1,742
Accrued warranty expense	1,624			2,336
Distribution reserves	4,283			1,950
Loss carryforwards	75,262			81,012
Tax credits	185,578			191,372
Restructuring charge accruals	1,866			3,191
Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes	34,490			32,465
	304,691			314,068
Less valuation allowance	(252,475		)	(261,337		)
Deferred tax asset	$	52,216		$	52,731
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation	$	(4,302	)	$	(3,570	)
Acquired intangibles	(4,920		)	(2,794		)
Tax on unremitted foreign earnings	(15,968		)	(17,245		)
Other	(26,093		)	(28,330		)
Deferred tax liability	$	(51,283	)	$	(51,939	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	933		$	792

The valuation allowance decreased $8.9 million and $8.0 million in fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively, and increased $17.0 million in fiscal year 2013. The decrease in the valuation allowance during fiscal year 2015 was primarily due to NOL usage and expiring tax credits.

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits follows (in thousands):

	For the year ended March 31,
	2015		2014			2013
Beginning balance	$	32,449	$	32,549		$	32,744
Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements	—		(488		)	(60		)
Lapse of statute of limitations	—		—			(135		)
Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period	—		388			—
Ending balance	$	32,449	$	32,449		$	32,549

During fiscal 2015, excluding interest and penalties, there was no change in our unrecognized tax benefits. Including interest and penalties, the total unrecognized tax benefit at March 31, 2015 was $33.5 million, all of which, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate. At March 31, 2015 accrued interest and penalties totaled $1.1 million. Our practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, were recorded in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We file our tax returns as prescribed by the laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Our U.S. tax returns have been audited for years through 2002 by the Internal Revenue Service. In other major jurisdictions, we are generally open to examination for the most recent three to five fiscal years. Although timing of the resolution and closure on audits is highly uncertain, we do not believe it is likely that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.

As of March 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards of approximately $259.3 million and $140.0 million, respectively. Our federal net operating loss carryforwards include $33.6 million attributable to excess tax deductions from stock option exercises, and are not included in the deferred tax assets shown above. The benefit of these loss carryforwards will be credited to equity when realized. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning in fiscal 2016 if not previously utilized, the utilization of which is limited under the tax law ownership change provision. These carryforwards include $11.1 million of acquired net operating losses and $10.7 million of credits.

Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should the company undergo such a change in stock ownership, it could severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.

Due to our history of net losses and the difficulty in predicting future results, we believe that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Our income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent that sufficient positive evidence materializes to support a reversal of, or decrease in, our valuation allowance.